0% found this document useful (0 votes)
34K views250 pages

A320 CFM QRH H PDF

Uploaded by

Ashish Arya
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
34K views250 pages

A320 CFM QRH H PDF

Uploaded by

Ashish Arya
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 250

QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

A318/A319/A320/A321

For A/C: 18-CMHE

The content of this document is the property of Airbus. It is supplied in confidence and commercial
security on its contents must be maintained. It must not be used for any purpose other than that for
which it is supplied, nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons. It must
not be reproduced in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the copyright.
© AIRBUS 2005. All rights reserved.

AIRBUS S.A.S
CUSTOMER SERVICES DIRECTORATE
31707 BLAGNAC CEDEX
FRANCE

REFERENCE: 2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE QRH ISSUE DATE: 18 SEP 12
Intentionally left blank
1/2
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Issue date: 18 SEP 12

This is the QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK at issue date 18 SEP 12 for the A318/A319/A320/A321
and replacing last issue dated 30 MAY 12

QRH PAGE GEN.02 PROVIDES ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE TO MANAGE THE QRH UPDATES.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


2/2
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


1/2
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Please incorporate the revision as follow:

Localization Insert
Remove
Subsection Title Rev. Date
Please move the List of Effective OEB from the liminary pages to first position in the OEB
18 SEP 12
section.
In the OEB section, the OEB Approbation DU located in each OEB may be removed. 18 SEP 12
ABN-26
ALL 18 SEP 12
Fire Protection
ABN-29
ALL 18 SEP 12
Hydraulic
ABN-80
ALL 18 SEP 12
Miscellaneous
NP-NP
ALL 18 SEP 12
Normal Procedures
NP-NCL
ALL 18 SEP 12
Normal Checklist
FPE-IFL-MAT
ALL 18 SEP 12
Runway Condition Assessment Matrix for Landing
FPE-IFL-27
ALL 18 SEP 12
Landing Distance with Flight Controls System Failure

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


2/2
FILING INSTRUCTIONS
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

PRELIMINARY PAGES
Intentionally left blank
PRELIMINARY PAGES 1/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE OPERATIONS
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK ENGINEERING BULLETIN
(1) (2) (3)
M Identification T E Rev. Date Title
OEB38 issue 1.0 R N 18 MAR 11 Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEB40 issue 1.0 W Y 18 MAR 11 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEB41 issue 1.0 W N 18 MAR 11 Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon Modification of a Company
Route in the Alternate Flight Plan
Criteria: P10762, P10763
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEB43 issue 4.0 W Y 21 MAY 12 F/CTL SPOILER FAULT
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEB44 issue 4.0 W Y 21 MAY 12 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity
(2) Type of OEB: R=Red, W=White
(3) Affects ECAM: Y=Yes, N=No

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 2/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE OPERATIONS
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK ENGINEERING BULLETIN

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 1/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS
(1)
M Localization Subsection Title Rev. Date
GEN General 30 MAY 12
ABN-21 Air Conditioning/Ventilation/Pressurization 29 JUL 11
ABN-22 Auto Flight 03 APR 12
ABN-24 Electrical 30 MAY 12
ABN-25 Equipment 29 JUL 11
R ABN-26 Fire Protection 18 SEP 12
ABN-27 Flight Controls 30 MAY 12
ABN-28 Fuel 03 APR 12
R ABN-29 Hydraulic 18 SEP 12
ABN-30 Ice and Rain Protection 29 JUL 11
ABN-31 Indicating / Recording Systems 29 JUL 11
ABN-32 Landing Gear 30 MAY 12
ABN-34 Navigation 30 MAY 12
ABN-36 Pneumatic 30 MAY 12
ABN-70 Engines 03 APR 12
R ABN-80 Miscellaneous 18 SEP 12
R NP-NP Normal Procedures 18 SEP 12
R NP-NCL Normal Checklist 18 SEP 12
FPE-SPD Speeds 03 APR 12
FPE-FPF Fuel Penalty Factors 30 MAY 12
R FPE-IFL-MAT Runway Condition Assessment Matrix for Landing 18 SEP 12
FPE-IFL-VAP VAPP Determination without failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-LD In-Flight Landing Distance Without Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-VAF VAPP Determination with Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-24 Landing Distance with Electrical System Failure 30 MAY 12
R FPE-IFL-27 Landing Distance with Flight Controls System Failure 18 SEP 12
FPE-IFL-27A Landing Distance with Slats Flaps System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-29 Landing Distance with Hydraulic System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-30 Landing Distance with Anti Ice System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-32 Landing Distance with Brake System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-34 Landing Distance with Navigation System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-36 Landing Distance with Bleed System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-IFL-70 Landing Distance with Engine System Failure 30 MAY 12
FPE-OEI One Engine Inoperative 03 APR 12
FPE-AEO All Engines Operative 03 APR 12
FPE-CAB Flight Without Cabin Pressurization 03 APR 12
FPE-OPD Operating Data 29 JUL 11
OPS Operational Data 03 APR 12
OEBPROC-38 Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication 29 JUL 11
OEBPROC-40 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT 29 JUL 11
OEBPROC-41 Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon Modification of a Company 03 APR 12
Route in the Alternate Flight Plan
OEBPROC-43 F/CTL SPOILER FAULT 30 MAY 12
OEBPROC-44 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED 30 MAY 12
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity, M=Moved

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 2/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK SECTIONS/SUBSECTIONS

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 1/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK DOCUMENTARY UNITS
(1)
M Localization DU Title DU identification DU date
ABN-31 MULTIPLE UNDUE ECAM ALERTS 00013755.0001001 19 MAR 11
Criteria: P8671, P9824
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
Impacted DU: NONE
Reason for issue:
This Temporary Revision is issued to give a procedure to the crew in the case of multiple suspected undue ECAM alerts.

R ABN-80 Computer Reset Table NG00824


ABN-80 Computer Reset Table - 21 - Air 00013738.0001001 25 OCT 11
Conditioning/Ventilation/Pressurization
Criteria: K10463
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
Impacted DU: NONE
ABN-80 Computer Reset Table - 23 - Communications 00013850.0024001 18 NOV 11
Criteria: K12824, K12825, K3901, K8400, SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
Impacted DU: 00010910 Computer Reset Table - 23 - Communications
Reason for issue:
CIDS Director Hardware 333B and On Board Replacement Module (OBRM) 33A are sensitive to short power supply
interruptions. These power supply interruptions occur when the aircraft is supplied by external power. As a consequence,
ECAM caution “COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT” or CIDS Maintenance status 'CIDS 1' or 'CIDS 2' could be spuriously triggered.
In such event, the flight crew should verify that the CIDS is functioning normally by checking the PA, Cabin Interphone
and Cabin lighting function. If the ECAM caution is spurious, it can be removed by resetting the CIDS when the aircraft is
powered by the APU.
ABN-80 Computer Reset Table - 27 - Flight Controls 00014190.0001001 16 MAY 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
Impacted DU: NONE
Reason for issue:
This Temporary Documentary Unit is created to allow flight crew to reset all SECs following a F/CTL SPLR FAULT triggered
after the flight control check. This SEC reset covers the AIRBUS recommendations provided in OIT/FOT n° 999.0038/11.
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 2/2
LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY
18 SEP 12
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK DOCUMENTARY UNITS

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

This table gives, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between:
- The Manufacturing Serial Number (MSN).
- The Fleet Serial Number (FSN) of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The registration number of the aircraft as known by AIRBUS S.A.S.
- The aircraft model.
(1)
M MSN FSN Registration Number Model
9761 18-CMHE 320-214
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 AIRCRAFT ALLOCATION TABLE 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 1/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
J0006 29 JUL 11 FUEL- INSTALL A CENTRE TANK SYSTEM-
Applicable to: ALL
J0071 29 JUL 11 WINGS-WING TIP FENCES-INTRODUCE WING TIPS
INCLUDING FENCES-
Applicable to: ALL
J0513 30 MAY 12 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION - WING ICE PROTECTION -
ETOPS CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1DL AND 2DL - TRANSFER
POWER SUPPLY.
Applicable to: ALL
J1334 29 JUL 11 LANDING GEAR-MLG-LGCIU-INTRODUCTION OF STANDARD
UNIT P/N A4C
Applicable to: ALL
J1617 29 JUL 11 FLIGHT CONTROLS-GENERAL- DELETION OF L.A.F.
FEATURE FROM A320 A/C (SERIAL SOLUTION)
Applicable to: ALL
J2360 29 JUL 11 FUEL - QUANTITY INDICATION - INTRODUCE FUEL LEAK
DETECTION
Applicable to: ALL
J2361 29 JUL 11 FUEL-QUANTITY INDICATION-REMOVE FUEL LEAK
DETECTION FUNCTION ASSOCIATED WITH FQIC 13-9
(ANTI-MOD FOR MOD 32650)
Applicable to: ALL
J2527 29 JUL 11 FUEL - QUANTITY INDICATING - INSTALL FUEL QUANTITY
INDICATING COMPUTER STANDARD 13.10
Applicable to: ALL
J2662 29 JUL 11 FUEL - QUANTITY INDICATING - INTRODUCE NEW
STANDARD OF FQIC -P/N SIC5059 14-20
Applicable to: ALL
K0064 29 JUL 11 LIGHTS - EXTERIOR LIGHTS - INSTALL SYNCHRONIZED
STROBE LIGHTS
Applicable to: ALL
K0070 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING - CARGO COMPARTMENT -
VENTILATION - INSTALL SYSTEM IN AFT COMPARTMENT -
Applicable to: ALL
K10009 29 JUL 11 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - CURTAINS AND PARTITIONS -
INSTALL IMPROVED STRIKES FOR COCKPIT DOOR
Applicable to: ALL
K10463 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING - PACK TEMPERATURE CONTROL
- INSTALL AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLLER P/N
1803B0000-02
Applicable to: ALL
K10494 29 JUL 11 AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - GENERAL - INSTALL APIC
APS3200 APU AS STANDARD (REPLACES HONEYWELL
GTCP36-300)
Applicable to: ALL
K10516 29 JUL 11 AIRBORNE AUXILIARY POWER - CONTROL AND
MONITORING - INTRODUCE HONEWELL VECB WITH
SOFTWARE -04
Applicable to: ALL
K11694 29 JUL 11 E/F -MISCELLANEOUS EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT- INSTALL
ELT (406AFN) WITH RCP IN COCKPIT AND NAV PROVISIONS
- HONEYWELL
Applicable to: ALL
K12824 29 JUL 11 COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - INSTALL CIDS AND SDF OBRM
SOFTWARE P/N -33A AND CAM UPDATE
Applicable to: ALL
K12825 29 JUL 11 COMMUNICATIONS - CIDS - INSTALL CIDS DIRECTOR P/N
-333B
Applicable to: ALL
K1806 29 JUL 11 ELECTRICAL POWER-AC/DC ESSENTIAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION-PROVIDE PROVISIONS FOR ETOPS-
Applicable to: ALL
K3867 29 JUL 11 HYDRAULIC POWER-AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC
POWER-RAT-INTRODUCE MODIFIED RAT (NEW BEARING)
Applicable to: ALL
K3901 29 JUL 11 COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE MODIFIED DIRECTOR
POWER SUPPLY PRINCIPLE
Applicable to: ALL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 2/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
K4457 29 JUL 11 A.P.U.-POWER PLANT-INTRODUCE ALLIED SIGNAL APU
131-9(A)
Applicable to: ALL
K5213 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING-PACK TEMPERATURE CTRL-
INTRODUCE MODIFIED PACK TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER
Applicable to: ALL
K6156 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING-PACK TEMP.CTRL INTRODUCE
MODIFIED PACK TEMP. CTRL P/N 759D0000-02
Applicable to: ALL
K7755 29 JUL 11 EQUIPMENT FURNISHINGS-CURTAINS AND
PARTITIONS-MODIFIED INTRUSION AND PENETRATION
RESISTANT COCKPIT DOOR
Applicable to: ALL
K7790 29 JUL 11 DOORS-PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED INTERIOR
DOORS-INSTALL ELECTRICAL COCKPIT DOOR RELEASE
SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
K8400 29 JUL 11 COMMUNICATIONS-CIDS-INTRODUCE ENHANCED CIDS
(A318 VERSION) AND RELATED SYSTEMS ON SINGLE AISLE
FAMILY
Applicable to: ALL
P0091 29 JUL 11 OXYGEN - FLIGHT CREW SYSTEM - INSTALL A 77.1 CU/FT
BOTTLE IN COMPOSITE MATERIAL -
Applicable to: ALL
P0160 29 JUL 11 OXYGEN - FLIGHT CREW OXYGEN - INSTALL A 115 CU/FT
STEEL OXYGEN CYLINDER -
Applicable to: ALL
P10267 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - RADIO MAGNETIC INFORMATION SWITCHING
AND INDICATING - RE-INSTALL THALES DDRMI VOR/DME
INDICATORS
Applicable to: ALL
P10383 29 JUL 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - FLIGHT WARNING
COMPUTER (FWC) - INSTALL FWC STANDARD H2-F5
Applicable to: ALL
P1044 03 APR 12 GENERAL - COMPLEMENT OF BASIC DEFINITION
FOLLOWING ESSENTIAL MAP DEVELOPMENT -
Applicable to: ALL
P10762 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT - FMGC - INSTALL FMGC HWL H2C12
(RELEASE 1A) ON CFM A/C
Applicable to: ALL
P1573 29 JUL 11 ENGINE CONTROLS-MODIFY POWER SUPPLY FOR HP FUEL
SOLENOID
Applicable to: ALL
P1872 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING - INSTALL CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR REAR
CARGO COMPT VALVE SUPPLY FOR EROPS -
Applicable to: ALL
P1875 29 JUL 11 AIR CONDITIONING - PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER
SUPPLY FOR AFT CARGO COMPT HEATING CONTROLLER
FOR EROPS -
Applicable to: ALL
P1970 29 JUL 11 COMMUNICATIONS - INSTALL HF1 FOR EROPS
Applicable to: ALL
P2217 03 APR 12 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS - FWS - INTRODUCE C3
STD
Applicable to: ALL
P2316 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT - ACTIVATE WINDSHEAR FUNCTION
Applicable to: ALL
P2590 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - INSTALL A BENDIX TCAS II COLLISION
AVOIDANCE SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
P3511 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT - FAC - INSTALL TWO FACS P/N BAM 0509
Applicable to: ALL
P3686 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT-FAC-INTRODUCE FAC P/N BAM 510
Applicable to: ALL
P3878 25 NOV 11 FLIGHT CONTROLS-INTRODUCE ELAC STD L69J
Applicable to: ALL
P4089 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT-FMGC-REDUCE VAPP FOR A320 CFM/IAE
Applicable to: ALL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 3/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
P4121 29 JUL 11 EXHAUST-THRUST REVERSER CONTROL AND
INDICATING-ACTIVATE ADDITIONAL THRUST REVERSER
LOCK CONTROL
Applicable to: ALL
P4230 29 JUL 11 POWER PLANT-GENERAL-INTRODUCE CFM56-5B/P
Applicable to: ALL
P4234 29 JUL 11 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION-WINDSHIELD RAIN
PROTECTION-DESACTIVATION OF RAIN REPELLENT
SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
P4319 29 JUL 11 AUTO FLIGHT - FCU - DEFINE FLIGHT DIRECTOR
ENGAGEMENT IN CROSSED BARS AT GO AROUND
Applicable to: ALL
P4502 29 JUL 11 INFORMATION SYSTEM - AIR TRAFFIC AND INFORMATION
SYSTEM (ATIMS) - INSTALL ATSU COMPUTER FOR ACARS
Applicable to: ALL
P4539 29 JUL 11 AUTOFLIGHT-FLIGHT CONTROL UNIT- (FCU) INTRODUCE
SEXTANT MODULAR FCU
Applicable to: ALL
P4576 29 JUL 11 LANDING GEAR-ALTERNATE BRAKING- INTRODUCE
MODIFIED ALTERNATE BRAKING SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
P4647 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - ACTIVATE
COLLINS DUAL PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR SYSTEM
Applicable to: ALL
P4801 29 JUL 11 ELECTRICAL POWER-GENERAL-DEFINE NEW ELECTRICAL
GENERATION CONCEPT FOR SINGLE AISLE A/C
Applicable to: ALL
P4885 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - GPWS - ACTIVATE ENHANCED FUNCTIONS
OF THE EGPWS
Applicable to: ALL
P4983 25 NOV 11 AUTO-FLIGHT-FAC INTRODUCE FAC STD BAM 0513
Applicable to: ALL
P5071 29 JUL 11 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION-WINSHIELD RAIN
PROTECTION-ACTIVATION OF RAIN REPELLENT SYS.(FLUID
COMPATIBLE WITH OZONE RULES)
Applicable to: ALL
P5168 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - MMR - INSTALL COLLINS MMR PROVIDING ILS
AND GPS FUNCTION
Applicable to: ALL
P5253 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - ADIRS - REPLACE ADIRS CDU BY MSU (MODE
SELECTOR UNIT)
Applicable to: ALL
P5451 29 JUL 11 ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL - AC-DC MAIN
DISTRIBUTION - INSTALL AC-DC SHEDDABLE BUSBARS
Applicable to: ALL
P5638 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION-STANDBY DATA : ALTITUDE AND HEADING
- INSTALL INTEGRATED STANDBY INSTRUMENT SYSTEM
(ISIS)
Applicable to: ALL
P5669 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - TCAS - INSTALL ALLIED SIGNAL TCAS
COMPUTER P/N 066-50000-2220 (WITH CHANGE 7.0)
Applicable to: ALL
P5706 29 JUL 11 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEM-FWC- INTRODUCE FWC
STANDARD H2/E3P
Applicable to: ALL
P5768 29 JUL 11 ELEC PWR-AC EMERGENCY GENERATION- ACTIVATE
A319/A321 ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY CONFIGURATION ON
A320 A/C
Applicable to: ALL
P5895 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION-GPWS-INTRODUCE EGPWS P/N 206-206 AND
INHIBIT AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATION ENHANCED FUNCTIONS
Applicable to: ALL
P6044 29 JUL 11 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION-WINSHIELD- RAIN
PROTECTION-INTRODUCE MODIFIED GAGE ASSY -P/N
4020W35-2
Applicable to: ALL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 4/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
P6251 29 JUL 11 ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION-WINDSHIELD RAIN
PROTECTION-INTRODUCE MODIFIED GAGE ASSY WITH
INPUT VALUE FUNCTION SUPPRESSED
Applicable to: ALL
P6578 29 JUL 11 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEMS- EIS-INSTALL DMC, DU
AND DISKETTES FOR EIS2
Applicable to: ALL
P6703 29 JUL 11 AUTO-FLIGHT-FLIGHT AUGMENTATION
COMPUTER-INTRODUCE FAC SOFTWARE STANDARD P/N
B397BAM0515
Applicable to: ALL
P6777 29 JUL 11 INFORMATION SYSTEM-ATIMS- UPGRADE ATSU HARDWARE
FOR NEW ARINC 429 I/O BOARD
Applicable to: ALL
P6954 25 NOV 11 AUTO-FLIGHT - FLIGHT AUGMENTATION COMPUTER (FAC) -
INTRODUCE FAC SOFTWARE "BAM0616"
Applicable to: ALL
P7125 29 JUL 11 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEM-FWC- INTRODUCE FWC
STANDARD H2 F1
Applicable to: ALL
P7175 29 JUL 11 ELECTRICAL POWER - GENERAL - INSTALL A COMMERCIAL
SHEDDING PUSH-BUTTON SWITCH IN COCKPIT
Applicable to: ALL
P7188 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - EGPWS - ACTIVATE OBSTACLE OPTION ON
THE EGPWS
Applicable to: ALL
P7278 29 JUL 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM-EIS2- INSTALL MODIFIED
EIS2 SOFTWARE
Applicable to: ALL
P7455 29 JUL 11 ELECTRICAL POWER-GENERAL-CHANGE IFE POWER
SUPPLY BUSBARS INTO SHEDDABLE BUSBARS 220XP AND
212PP
Applicable to: ALL
P7519 29 JUL 11 AUTOFLIGHT-FMGC-INSTALL FMGC CFM C13042AA01
(EQUIPPED WITH FMS2) HONEYWELL
Applicable to: ALL
P8256 25 NOV 11 AUTO FLIGHT - FLIGHT AUGMENTATION COMPUTER -
INSTALL FAC STANDARD BAM0617 FOR A318
Applicable to: ALL
P8303 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - DDRMI - REMOVE DDRMI VOR/ADF/DME
INDICATORS
Applicable to: ALL
P8564 29 JUL 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM - ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM (EIS)- ACTIVATE ENGINE AVAIL
DISPLAY
Applicable to: ALL
P8671 29 JUL 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS-ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM(EIS)- INSTALL DISPLAY
MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SOFTWARE EIS2 S4-2
Applicable to: ALL
P8710 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION - WEATHER RADAR SYSTEM - INSTALL
COLLINS TRANSCEIVER FULLY COMPLIANT WITH
MULTI-SCAN FUNCTION
Applicable to: ALL
P8799 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION- GPWS - USE LATERAL GPS POSITION WITH
AUTOMATIC DESELECTION
Applicable to: ALL
P9171 29 JUL 11 NAVIGATION-AIR DATA/INERTIAL REFERENCE SYSTEM
(ADIRS) - INTRODUCE AIR DATA MONITORING FUNCTION
Applicable to: ALL
P9522 29 JUL 11 AUTO-FLIGHT-MULTIPURPOSE CONTROL AND DISPLAY
UNIT(MCDU) - ACTIVATE BACK-UP NAV FUNCTION
Applicable to: ALL
P9824 29 JUL 11 INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEMS-ELECTRONIC
INSTRUMENT SYSTEM(EIS)-INSTALL DISPLAY
MANAGEMENT COMPUTER SOFTWARE EIS2 S7
Applicable to: ALL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 5/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

(1)
M MODIFICATION Linked SB Incorp. Date Title
P9873 29 JUL 11 POWER PLANT - GENERAL - INTRODUCE CFM56-5BX/3
ENGINE (SAC) "TECH INSERTION PROGRAM"
Applicable to: ALL
P9907 29 JUL 11 INDICATING RECORDING SYSTEM - FLIGHT WARNING
COMPUTER (FWC)- INSTALL FWC STANDARD H2-F4
Applicable to: ALL
(1) Evolution code : N=New, R=Revised, E=Effectivity

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


PRELIMINARY PAGES 6/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 LIST OF MODIFICATIONS 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

GENERAL
Intentionally left blank
GEN
GENERAL
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

GEN-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/2
Important................................................................................. GEN.01
General Information............................................................... GEN.02

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


GEN
GENERAL
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


GENERAL GEN.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

IMPORTANT
SCOPE
The QRH contains some specific procedures which are not displayed on the ECAM.
As a general rule, the procedures displayed on the ECAM are not provided in the QRH (refer to FCOM
PRO/ABN).
TASKSHARING FOR ABN/EMER PROC
For all abnormal/emergency procedures, the tasksharing is as follows :
‐ PF - Pilot flying - Responsible for the :
• Thrust levers
• Flight path and airspeed control
• Aircraft configuration (request configuration change)
• Navigation
• Communications
‐ PNF - Pilot non flying - Responsible for the :
• Monitoring and reading aloud the ECAM and checklists
• Performing required actions or actions requested by the PF, if applicable
• Using engine master switches, cockpit C/Bs, IR and guarded switches with PF's confirmation.

ECAM CLEAR
DO NOT CLEAR ECAM WITHOUT CROSS-CONFIRMATION OF BOTH PILOTS.
ABN/EMER PROC INITIATION
Procedures are initiated on pilot flying command.
No action will be taken (apart from audio warning cancel through MASTER WARN light) until :
‐ The appropriate flight path is established, and
‐ The aircraft is at least 400 ft above the runway, if a failure occurs during takeoff, approach, or
go-around. (In some emergency cases, provided the appropriate flight path is established, the pilot
flying may initiate actions before this height).

NORMAL CHECKLIST
Normal C/L are initiated by the PF and read by the PNF.
The PF shall respond after having checked the existing configuration. When both pilots have to respond,
"BOTH" is indicated.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


GENERAL GEN.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

GENERAL INFORMATION
EFFECTIVITY
As QRH is published at aircraft level, each paper page has only one effectivity.
PAGE NUMBERING
The page numbering follows the following rules:
00, 01, 02, ... : Numbering for ABN, GEN, OPS, OEB PROC sections
01A, 03B, ... : Numbering and index (A, B, ...) for procedures written on several paper pages
1/10, 3/5, ... : Numbering for NP-NP, FPE-SPO
C1, C2 : Index of the back cover page interior
C3 : Index of the back cover page exterior
"BLANK" : Index of an intentionally left blank paper page created to ensure the correct
format of the next chapter (begins on recto page)

PRELIMINARY PAGES WITHIN THE QRH BINDER


It is essential for Airlines to correctly manage the updates of the QRH. For this purpose, Airbus publishes
Preliminary Pages with each QRH revision. These Preliminary Pages are used as reference documents
for Airlines to manage the QRH updates, e.g. easily insert the revisions, identify the modifications that
impact the QRH, get a synthesis of changes introduced with each revision. However, when the QRH
revisions have been incorporated in accordance with the information given in the Preliminary Pages,
these pages do not bring operational added value and therefore are no longer useful in the QRH binder
for any operational purposes. Therefore, to minimize the size of the QRH binder on board the aircraft
and to optimize the operational use of the QRH, Airbus has no objection that the Airlines remove the
Preliminary Pages from the QRH after the revisions have been incorporated in the QRH and all checks
performed to confirm the revisions have been correctly incorporated. You will find below the list of
Preliminary Pages that may be removed from the QRH binder :
‐ The Transmittal Letter
‐ The Filing Instructions
‐ The List of Effective Documentary Units (the LESS is the reference)
‐ The list of Modifications
‐ The Summary of Highlights
‐ The front pages of all QRH sections
‐ The Table of Contents (TOC) of the General section
‐ The Table of Contents (TOC) of the Operations Engineering Bulletins section (the LEOEB is the
reference)
‐ All pages numbered "00" and "00A" of the Operations Engineering Bulletins section (approval DU of the
OEBs)
‐ This General Information (GEN.02) section

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

ABNORMAL AND
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Intentionally left blank
ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS 18 SEP 12

ABN-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/4
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS......................................................... 1/2
ABN-21 Air Conditioning/Ventilation/Pressurization
CABIN OVERPRESSURE...........................................................21.01
ABN-22 Auto Flight
LOSS OF FMS DATA IN DESCENT/APPROACH (Severe
Reset)...........................................................................................22.01
LOW ENERGY WARNING..........................................................22.02
ABN-24 Electrical
ELEC EMER CONFIG SYS Remaining..................................... 24.01
ELEC EMER CONFIG Summary................................................24.02
ABN-25 Equipment
COCKPIT DOOR FAULT............................................................ 25.01
1
ABN-26 Fire Protection
SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE ....................................26.01
 SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL  ............................................ 26.02
ABN-27 Flight Controls
LANDING WITH SLATS or FLAPS JAMMED............................27.01
SIDESTICK/RUDDER PEDALS STIFF....................................... 27.03
RUDDER JAM............................................................................. 27.04
STABILIZER JAM....................................................................... 27.05
ABN-28 Fuel
FUEL IMBALANCE..................................................................... 28.01
FUEL LEAK................................................................................. 28.02
GRVTY FUEL FEEDING............................................................. 28.03
ABN-29 Hydraulic
HYD B + Y SYS LO PR Summary.............................................29.01
HYD G + B SYS LO PR Summary............................................ 29.02
HYD G + Y SYS LO PR Summary.............................................29.03
ABN-30 Ice and Rain Protection
DOUBLE AOA HEAT FAILURE................................................. 30.01

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS 18 SEP 12

ABN-31 Indicating / Recording Systems


DISPLAY UNIT FAILURE........................................................... 31.01
ECAM SINGLE DISPLAY........................................................... 31.02
MULTIPLE UNDUE ECAM ALERTS.......................................... 31.03
ABN-32 Landing Gear
 LOSS OF BRAKING  ........................................................ 32.01
RESIDUAL BRAKING PROC..................................................... 32.02
L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION........................................................ 32.03
LDG WITH ABNORMAL L/G...................................................... 32.04
ASYMMETRIC BRAKING........................................................... 32.05
ABN-34 Navigation
ALL ADR OFF ................................................................. 34.02
NAV FM / GPS POS DISAGREE................................................34.03
 EGPWS ALERTS  ............................................................. 34.04
IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE.................................................. 34.05
 TCAS WARNINGS  ........................................................... 34.06
UNRELIABLE SPEED INDICATION/ADR CHECK PROC ........ 34.07
ABN-36 Pneumatic
AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT..........................................................36.01
ABN-70 Engines
ENG DUAL FAILURE - FUEL REMAINING .....................70.01
ENG DUAL FAILURE - NO FUEL REMAINING .............. 70.02
ENG RELIGHT (in flight)...........................................................70.03
ENG 1(2) STALL ........................................................................70.04
ENG TAILPIPE FIRE...................................................................70.05
HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION........................................................ 70.06
2
ABN-80 Miscellaneous
Circling Approach with One Engine Inoperative.....................80.01
Straight-in-Approach with One Engine Inoperative................80.01
Bomb on Board..........................................................................80.02
 Ditching  ............................................................................80.03
 Forced Landing  ...............................................................80.04
 EMER Descent  ................................................................ 80.05
OVERWEIGHT LANDING........................................................... 80.06
 Stall Recovery  ................................................................. 80.07

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS 18 SEP 12

 Stall Warning at Lift-Off  ................................................. 80.07


TAILSTRIKE................................................................................ 80.08
VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER..................................................80.09
 WINDSHEAR  ....................................................................80.10
 WINDSHEAR AHEAD  ...................................................... 80.10
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW ARCING...............................................80.11
WINDSHIELD/WINDOW CRACKED...........................................80.12
ECAM Advisory Conditions...................................................... 80.13
Tripped C/B Re-Engagement.................................................... 80.14
Computer Reset......................................................................... 80.15
Computer Reset Table...............................................................80.16
 EMERGENCY EVACUATION  ..........................................80.C2

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK TABLE OF CONTENTS 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS 18 SEP 12

Localization Page ID Reason


Title
ABN-PLP-TOC 1/4 1 Documentation update: The "REMOVAL OF SMOKE/FUMES" table of
Fire Protection content entry moved from "NP01467" to "NP01467"
ABN-PLP-TOC 2/4 2 Documentation update: The "WINDSHEAR AHEAD" table of content entry
Miscellaneous moved from "NP01477" to "NP01477"
ABN-29 29.02 1 Sentence reverted back to original statement of SLATS JAMMED/FLAPS
HYD G + B SYS LO PR Summary - SLOW in order to be technically correct.
Approach
ABN-80 80.02A 1 Revision of the “Bomb on Board” procedure in order to replace the 4
Bomb on Board challenge-response actions by 4 commands for layout enhancement
purpose.
Documentation update: Deletion of information.
ABN-80 80.10 2 Update of the technical wording.
WINDSHEAR Documentation update: Deletion of information.
ABN-80 80.10 3 Update of the technical wording.
WINDSHEAR AHEAD Documentation update: Deletion of information.
ABN-80 80.10A 4 Typing error corrected to clarify that the GS function is associated with the
WINDSHEAR AHEAD 'managed speed' option.
ABN-80 80.16F 5 Documentation update: Deletion of text.
Computer Reset Table - 32 - Landing Wording modified to clarify that a BSCU reset can be performed to ease
Gear the return to the gate only. After a BSCU reset has been performed, the
flight crew must go back to the gate for troubleshooting.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND ABN
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 21.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

CABIN OVERPRESSURE
Apply the following procedure (not displayed on ECAM) in case of total loss of the cabin pressure control
leading to overpressure
PACK 1 or 2.......................................................................................................... OFF
BLOWER + EXTRACT.......................................................................................OVRD
Cabin air is extracted overboard.
ΔP....................................................................................... FREQUENTLY MONITOR
 If ΔP >9 PSI
PACK 1+2.........................................................................................................OFF
LAND ASAP
Before 10 min from landing:
PACK 1+2.............................................................................................................. OFF
BLOWER + EXTRACT....................................................................................... AUTO
CAUTION Check that ΔP is zero before opening the doors.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 22.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

LOSS OF FMS DATA IN


DESCENT/APPROACH (SEVERE RESET)
AP/FD lateral and vertical selected modes, and A/THR, are available immediately after the reset. If
necessary, the pilot may perform the FCU selections for short-term navigation.
When the FMS has automatically recovered:
‐ The database cycle may have changed
‐ The FMGS does not autotune the ILS and ADF
‐ The FMS position bias is lost
‐ Lateral and vertical managed modes cannot re-engage
‐ The “CAB PR LDG ELEV FAULT ” message is displayed on the ECAM
‐ A “MAP NOT AVAIL” message may be displayed on one ND.
Depending on the flight phase, apply the following procedure(s) as appropriate:
 INITIAL APPROACH OR CLOSE TO ILS INTERCEPTION:
 When the system has recovered:
Access the RAD NAV Page, and manually tune the ILS (preferably using
IDENT). Enter the ILS course, if a frequency has been entered.
Fly in selected speed.
Note: ‐ LOC and G/S guidance modes are available
‐ VLS speed is still available and displayed on the PFD
‐ Missed approach trajectory is not available.
 DESCENT (IF TIME PERMITS) :
 When the system has recovered:
Select the initial database
Perform DIR TO a downpath waypoint. Select heading, if required.
Perform a LAT REV at the downpath waypoint and redefine the
DESTINATION in the NEW DEST field.
Redefine the arrival and/or the approach procedure.
Select the FUEL PRED Page, and enter the GW.
Activate the APPROACH phase.
Enter destination data on the PERF APPR Page, as required. Managed speed
is available.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 22.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

LOW ENERGY WARNING


The “SPEED SPEED SPEED” synthetic voice sounds every 5 s whenever the aircraft energy goes below a
threshold under which thrust must be increased.
“SPEED SPEED SPEED”
Increase the thrust until the warning stops and, depending on the circumstances, adjust the pitch
accordingly.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 24.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

ELEC EMER CONFIG SYS REMAINING


BAT ONLY
ELEC EMER CONFIG SYS REMAINING EMER GEN RUNNING
IN FLIGHT ON THE GROUND
PRESS AUTO SYS 1 Norm Norm Norm
MAN PRESS CTL Inop Inop Inop (a)
RAM AIR Norm Norm Norm
AIR COND PACK VALVE 1 Norm Closure Inop Closure Inop
PRESS PACK VALVE 2 Closure Inop Closure Inop Closure Inop (a)
AVIONIC VENT Norm Norm Partial
AFT CRG ISOL VALVE Norm Inop Inop
AFT CRG HEAT Norm Inop Inop
FMGC (NAV FUNCTION) N° 1 only Inop Inop
MCDU N° 1 only Inop Inop
FMGS
FAC N° 1 only Inop Inop
FCU ch 1 only ch 1 only ch 1 only
VHF 1 Norm Norm Norm
HF1 Norm Inop Inop
RMP 1 Norm Norm Norm
ACP (Capt, F/O) Norm Norm Norm
COM
CIDS Norm Norm Norm
INTERPHONE Norm Norm Norm
CVR Norm Inop Inop
LOUDSPEAKER 1 Norm Norm Norm
CREW OXY Norm Norm (b) Norm (b)
PAX OXY mask release (auto +
EMER EQPT Norm Inop Inop
man)
SLIDES ARM/WARN Norm Norm Norm
ENG 1 LOOP A only A only A only
ENG 2 LOOP B only B only B only
APU LOOP Inop Inop Inop (a)
CARGO SMOKE DET Channel 1 Inop Inop
FIRE
ENG FIRE EXT. Bottle 1 only Bottle 1 only Bottle 1 only
APU FIRE EXT. Squib A only Squib A only Squib A only
CARGO FIRE EXT. Inop Inop Inop (a)
APU AUTO EXT. Inop Inop Inop (a)
ELAC N° 1 only N° 1+ N° 2 N°1+ N°2 (d)
SEC N° 1 only N° 1 N° 1 (d)
FLT CTL FCDC N° 1 only Inop Inop
SFCC N° 1 only N° 1 only N° 1 only
Flaps POS ind Norm Norm Norm (c)
LP VALVE Norm Norm Norm
FQI channel 1 Norm Inop Inop
FUEL
X FEED VALVE Norm Inop Inop
TRANSFER VALVE Norm Inop Inop
HYD FIRE VALVES Norm Norm Norm
WING A.ICE Norm Inop Inop
ENG A. ICE VALVE Open Open Open
ICE - RAIN CAPT PITOT Norm Norm Norm (c)
CAPT AOA Norm Inop Inop
RAIN REPELLENT (CAPT) Norm Norm Norm
PFD 1 Norm Norm Norm(c)
ND 1 Norm Inop Inop
ECAM upper disp. Norm Norm Norm (c)
EIS
DMC 1 or 3 Norm Norm Norm (c)
SDAC 1, FWC 1 Norm Norm Norm (c)
ECAM CONT. panel Norm Norm Norm
FLT INS CLOCKS Norm Norm Norm
LGCIU SYS 1 Norm Norm Norm
ABCU Norm Norm Norm
L/G
BRK PRESS IND Norm Norm Norm
PARK BRK Norm Norm Norm

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 24.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Continued from the previous page


BAT ONLY
ELEC EMER CONFIG SYS REMAINING EMER GEN RUNNING
IN FLIGHT ON THE GROUND
EMER CKPT Norm Norm Norm
LIGHTS
EMER CAB Norm Norm Norm
IR N° 1 only (e) N° 1 only (e) N° 1 only (e)
ADR N° 1 only N° 1 only N° 1 only
ADF N° 1 only Inop Inop
VOR-MMR N° 1 only N° 1 only N° 1 only (c)
NAV
DME N° 1 only Inop Inop
VOR/DDRMI Norm Norm Norm (c)
ATC N° 1 only Inop Inop
ISIS Norm Norm Norm
ENG 1 BLEED Norm BMC 1 inop BMC 1 inop
ENG 2 BLEED BMC 2 inop BMC 2 inop BMC 2 inop
PNEU
APU BLEED Inop Inop Inop (a)
X BLEED (MAN CTL) Norm Inop Inop
ECB - STARTER Norm (f) Inop Inop (a)
APU FUEL LP VALVE Norm Norm Norm
FUEL PUMP Norm Norm Norm
FADEC A + B (g) A + B (g) A + B (g)
PWR PLT IGNITION A only A only A only
HP FUEL VALVE closure Norm Norm Norm
MISC MECH HORN Norm Norm Norm
(a) Restored, when speed is below 100 kt.
(b) Crew oxygen valve inoperative.
(c) Lost, when speed is below 50 kt.
(d) Lost 30 s after last engine shutdown.
(e) IR2 and IR3 are lost 5 min after failure of the main generators. But, if IR3 replaces IR1 (ATT-HDG selector at CAPT3), IR3
remains supplied
(f) For APU start only.
(g) Channels A and B are self-powered above 12 % N2. If N2 is below 12 % , only Channel A is powered.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 24.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

ELEC EMER CONFIG SUMMARY


CRUISE
MAX SPD............................................................................................................................................. 320 KT
ALTN LAW : PROT LOST
ONLY CAPT PITOT AND AOA HEATED
FUEL: CTR TK UNUSABLE.
FUEL GRAVITY FEEDING
COM: VHF1, HF1  , ATC1, RMP1, only
NAV: ILS1, VOR1, GPS1 (if MMR is installed) only
For Landing Performance assessment, refer to QRH FPE-IFL
APPROACH
CAT 2 INOP
MINIMUM RAT SPEED 140 KT
SLATS FLAPS SLOW
FOR LANDING............................................................................................................................USE FLAP 3
 When L/G down: USE MAN PITCH TRIM (DIRECT LAW).
LANDING
FLARE: Only 2 spoilers per wing. Direct law
SPOILERS: Only 2 per wing
NO REVERSER
BRAKING: ALTERNATE without antiskid
MAX BRK PR 1000 PSI
NO NOSEWHEEL STEERING
GO-AROUND
 When L/G uplocked:
ALTN LAW : PROT LOST

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 25.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

COCKPIT DOOR FAULT


This procedure should be applied, if the Cockpit Door Locking System (CDLS) fails. This failure is indicated
when the FAULT light on the center pedestal’s COCKPIT DOOR panel comes on.
In the case of a DC BUS 2 fault, no FAULT indication appears on the center pedestal’s COCKPIT DOOR
panel. The CDLS is not electrically-supplied, and is inoperative.
CKPT DOOR CONT panel ............................................................................. CHECK
This panel is located on the overhead panel. It is used to identify the faulty CDLS item, and to verify the
status of the pressure sensors and the three electrical latches (referred to as strikes).
 If one or more electrical latches (strikes) are faulty:
The cockpit door is not intrusion-proof if two or more electrical latches are faulty.
The system may be recovered by performing the following steps:
Cockpit door.................................................................................................. OPEN
COCKPIT DOOR sw.................................................................... SET to UNLOCK
After 30 s:
COCKPIT DOOR sw........................................................................ SET to NORM
 If two pressure sensors are faulty:

Automatic latch release is not available, in case of cockpit decompression.


 If no LED on the CKPT DOOR CONT panel is on:

The CDLS control unit is faulty, therefore, the cockpit door might unlock automatically. If it does not,
consider using the mechanical override system to unlock the door.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 26.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE
LAND ASAP
IF PERCEPTIBLE SMOKE APPLY IMMEDIATELY:
BLOWER............................................................... OVRD
EXTRACT.............................................................. OVRD
CAB FANS................................................................OFF
GALY & CAB............................................................ OFF
SIGNS.........................................................................ON
CKPT/CAB COM.......................................... ESTABLISH
IF REQUIRED:
CREW OXY MASKS..................... ON/100%/EMERG
IF SMOKE SOURCE IMMEDIATELY OBVIOUS,
ACCESSIBLE, AND EXTINGUISHABLE:
FAULTY EQPT.............................................ISOLATE
IF SMOKE SOURCE NOT IMMEDIATELY
ISOLATE:
DIVERSION.................................................. INITIATE
DESCENT (FL 100, or MEA, or minimum obstacle
clearance altitude)........................................ INITIATE
AT ANY TIME of the procedure, if SMOKE/FUMES
becomes the GREATEST THREAT :
SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL....................CONSIDER
ELEC EMER CONFIG.............................CONSIDER
Refer to the end of the procedure to Set ELEC
EMER CONFIG
At ANY TIME of the procedure, if situation
becomes UNMANAGEABLE :
IMMEDIATE LANDING............................CONSIDER

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 26.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE (Cont'd)


AIR COND SMOKE/CAB EQUIPMENT SMOKE
IF AIR COND SMOKE SUSPECTED:
APU BLEED.......................................................OFF
BLOWER......................................................... AUTO
EXTRACT........................................................AUTO
CARGO AFT ISOL VALVE................................ OFF
PACK 1.............................................................. OFF
If smoke continues:
PACK 1........................................................... ON
PACK 2......................................................... OFF
If smoke still continues:
PACK 2...................................................... ON
BLOWER...............................................OVRD
EXTRACT..............................................OVRD
SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL.................. CONSIDER
IF CAB EQUIPMENT SMOKE SUSPECTED:
If smoke continues:
EMER EXIT LIGHT.........................................ON
COMMERCIAL.............................................. OFF
SMOKE DISSIPATION............................ CHECK
FAULTY EQPT......................SEARCH/ISOLATE
If smoke still continues or if faulty
equipment confirmed isolated:
COMMERCIAL......................................NORM
SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL.................. CONSIDER

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 26.01B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE (Cont'd)


UNDETERMINED/AVNCS/ELECTRICAL SMOKE
IF SMOKE SOURCE CAN NOT BE
DETERMINED AND STILL CONTINUES OR
AVNCS/ELECTRICAL SMOKE SUSPECTED:
ELEC EMER CONFIG........................... CONSIDER
IF SMOKE DISAPPEARS WITHIN 5 MINUTES:
NORMAL VENTILATION......................... RESTORE
TO SET ELEC EMER CONFIG
EMER ELEC GEN 1 LINE......................................OFF
EMER ELEC PWR.......................................... MAN ON
WHEN EMER GEN AVAIL:
APU GEN...........................................................OFF
GEN 2................................................................ OFF
ELEC EMER CONFIG
APPLY ECAM PROCEDURE, BUT DO NOT RESET
GEN, EVEN IF REQUESTED BY ECAM.
AT 3 min OR 2 000 ft AAL BEFORE LANDING:
GEN 2.................................................................. ON
EMER ELEC GEN 1 LINE...................................ON
WHEN A/C IS STOPPED:
ALL GEN............................................................OFF

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 26.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL
EMER EXIT LIGHT.................................................... ON
If fuel vapors:
CAB FANS.............................................................ON
PACK 1+2............................................................ OFF
If no fuel vapors:
CAB FANS........................................................... OFF
PACK FLOW........................................................... HI
LDG ELEV.............................................. 10 000 FT/MEA
DESCENT (FL 100, or MEA, or minimum obstacle
clearance altitude)............................................. INITIATE
ATC..................................................................... NOTIFY
SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE PROC..... CONTINUE
While descending, continue applying the appropriate
steps of the SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE
procedure depending on the suspected smoke source.
At FL 100 OR MEA:
APU MASTER SW (if in ELEC EMER CONFIG)... ON
PACK 1+2............................................................ OFF
MODE SEL..........................................................MAN
MAN V/S CTL.............................................. FULL UP
RAM AIR................................................................ON
APU MASTER SW...............................................OFF
If smoke persists, open CKPT window:
MAX SPEED...............................................200 KT
COCKPIT DOOR..........................................OPEN
HEADSETS....................................................... ON
PNF COCKPIT WINDOW............................ OPEN

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 26.02A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

SMOKE/FUMES REMOVAL (Cont'd)


When window is open:
NON-AFFECTED PACK(s).......................... ON
VISUAL WARNINGS (noisy CKPT).. MONITOR
SMOKE/FUMES/AVNCS SMOKE PROC.........
........................................................ CONTINUE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

LANDING WITH SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED


LANDING CONF............................................................................................. CONF 3
 Repeat the following until landing configuration is reached:
SPEED SEL................................................................................. VFE NEXT - 5 kt
Decelerate towards VFE NEXT - 5 kt but not below VLS. In case of turbulence, to avoid VFE
exceedance, the pilot may decide to decelerate to a lower speed, but not below VLS.
Note: • The autopilot may be used down to 500 ft AGL. As it is not tuned for abnormal
configurations, its behavior can be less than optimum and must be monitored
• Approach with selected speed is recommended
• A/THR is recommended, except in the case of a G+B SYS LO PR warning
• OVERSPEED warning and VLS, displayed on the PFD, are computed according to the
actual flaps/slats position
• VFE and VFE NEXT are displayed on the PFD according to the FLAPS’ lever position. If
not displayed, use the placard speeds
• If VLS is greater than VFE NEXT (overweight landing case), the FLAPS lever can be
set in the required next position, while the speed is reduced to follow VLS reduction as
surfaces extend. The VFE warning threshold should not be triggered.
In this case, disconnect the A/THR. A/THR can be re-engaged when the landing
configuration is established.
As speed reduces through VFE NEXT:
FLAPS LEVER..........................................................................ONE STEP DOWN
 When landing configuration is established:
DECELERATE TO CALCULATED APPROACH SPEED IN FINAL APPROACH
FOR GO AROUND
The table below provides the MAX SPEEDS for the abnormal configurations.
 IF SLATS FAULT:
 FOR CIRCUIT:
MAINTAIN SLATS/FLAPS CONFIGURATION
Recommended speed: MAX SPEED - 10 kt
 FOR DIVERSION
SELECT CLEAN CONFIGURATION
Recommended flaps retraction speed: between MAX SPEED - 10 kt and
MAX SPEED.
Recommended diversion speed: MAX SPEED - 10 kt.
 IF FLAPS FAULT:
 FOR CIRCUIT:
MAINTAIN SLATS/FLAPS CONFIGURATION
Recommended speed: MAX SPEED - 10 kt
 FOR DIVERSION:
 If FLAPS jammed at 0
SELECT CLEAN CONFIGURATION
Note: Recommended speed for slats retraction is between MAX SPEED - 10 kt and
MAX SPEED of actual slat/flap position.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

LANDING WITH SLATS OR FLAPS JAMMED (Cont'd)


Normal operating speeds
 If FLAPS jammed > 0
MAINTAIN SLAT/FLAP CONFIGURATION
Recommended speed for diversion: MAX SPEED - 10 kt
Note: ‐ In the majority of cases, VFE on PFD is equal to the MAX SPEED. In
this case, VFE can be used as MAX SPEED. In case the SPD LIM flag is
displayed on the PFD, use the MAX SPEED displayed on the ECAM status
page
‐ In some cases, MAX SPEED - 10 kt may be a few knots higher than the VFE.
In this situation, pilot may follow the VFE
‐ In case of a go-around with CONF FULL selected, the L/G NOT DOWN
warning is triggered at landing gear retraction.
MAX SPEED
Flaps
F=0 0<F≤1 1<F≤2 2<F≤3 F>3
Slats
S=0 NO LIMITATION 177 kt
0<S<1 215 kt 200 kt 185 kt (Not allowed)
230 kt
S=1
177 kt
1<S≤3 200 kt 200 kt 185 kt
S>3 177 kt 177 kt 177 kt 177 kt

CAUTION For flight with SLATS or FLAPS extended, fuel consumption is increased. Refer
to the fuel flow indication. As a guideline, determine the fuel consumption in clean
configuration at the same altitude without airspeed limitation (e.g. From ALTERNATE
FLIGHT PLANNING tables) and multiply this result by the applicable Fuel Penalty
Factor provided in the QRH Refer to QRH/FPE-FPF Fuel Penalty Factors Tables, to
obtain the fuel penalty required to reach the destination in the current configuration.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

SIDESTICK/RUDDER PEDALS STIFF


Even if the autopilot is disengaged, the sidestick and/or the rudder pedals may be stiff. This may affect
either:
‐ Both sidesticks (CAPT and F/O) at the same time, but not the rudder pedals, or
‐ One sidestick and the rudder pedals at the same time.
The piloting technique remains the same: The aircraft remains responsive.
However, the flight crew should keep in mind that they may need to use extra force on the sidesticks
and/or the rudder pedals.
AP DISENGAGEMENT................................................................................ CONFIRM
CONSIDER TRANSFERRING CONTROL TO PNF
 FOR DECRAB, ROLLOUT, OR ENGINE FAILURE
BE PREPARED TO APPLY EXTRA FORCE ON RUDDER PEDAL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

RUDDER JAM
Rudder jamming may be detected by undue (and adverse) pedal movement during rolling maneuvers.
This is because the yaw damper orders can no longer be sent to the rudder, but are fed back to the pedals.
Use ECAM F/CTL SD page for a visual check of the rudder position.
FOR APPROACH
AVOID LANDING WITH CROSSWIND
from the side where the rudder is deflected.
MAX CROSSWIND for LDG 15 kt
AUTO BRK..........................................................................................DO NOT USE
FOR LANDING....................................................................... USE NORMAL CONF
SPEED AND TRAJECTORY........................................................ STABILIZE ASAP
LDG DIST PROC........................................................................................... APPLY
ON GROUND
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING...................................................................... USE ASAP
Do not use asymmetric reverse thrust.
Use nosewheel steering handle below 70 kt.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 27.05
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

STABILIZER JAM
The ELACs may not detect a stabilizer jam when the pitch trim wheel is jammed.
The flight control normal law remains active in this case and there is no ECAM warning.
AP.......................................................................................................................... OFF
MAN PITCH TRIM............................................................................................CHECK
The pitch trim wheel may not be fully jammed, the force needed may be higher than usual.
 IF MAN TRIM AVAIL:
TRIM FOR NEUTRAL ELEV
If manual pitch trim is available, trim to maintain the elevator at the zero position (indications on ECAM
F/CTL page).
APPR PROC
 IF MAN TRIM NOT AVAIL:
FOR LDG.........................................................................................USE FLAP 3
Do not select configuration full so as not to degrade the handling qualities.
GPWS LDG FLAP 3....................................................................................... ON
CAT 2 INOP

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 28.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

FUEL IMBALANCE
FOB.................................................................................................................. CHECK
Compare the FOB + FU, with the FOB at departure.
If the difference is significant, or if the FOB + FU decreases, suspect a fuel leak.
CAUTION A fuel imbalance may indicate a fuel leak.
Do not apply this procedure, if a fuel leak is suspected. Refer to ABN-28 FUEL LEAK.

FUEL X FEED......................................................................................................... ON
 On the lighter side and in the center tank:
FUEL PUMPS...................................................................................................OFF
 When fuel is balanced:
FUEL PUMPS (WING + CTR)........................................................................... ON
FUEL X FEED.................................................................................................. OFF

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 28.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

FUEL LEAK
A fuel leak may be detected, if:
‐ The sum of FOB and FU significantly less than FOB at engine start or is decreasing, or
‐ A passenger observes fuel spray from engine/pylon or wing tip, or
‐ The total fuel quantity is decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
‐ A fuel imbalance is developing, or
‐ Fuel quantity in a tank is decreasing too fast (leak from engine/pylon, or hole in a tank), or
‐ The Fuel flow is excessive (leak from engine), or
‐ Fuel is smelt in the cabin.
‐ The destination EFOB turns to amber on the F.PLN (or on the FUEL PRED) page, or
‐ ″DEST EFOB BELOW MIN″ appears on the MCDU scratchpad.
If visibility permits, leak source may be identified by a visual check from the cabin.
WHEN A LEAK IS CONFIRMED
LAND ASAP
 LEAK FROM ENGINE/PYLON CONFIRMED:

Engine fuel leak can be confirmed by excessive fuel flow indication, or a visual check.
THR LEVER (of affected engine)................................................................. IDLE
ENG MASTER (of affected engine).............................................................. OFF
FUEL X FEED............................................................................. USE AS RQRD
If the leak stops, the crossfeed valve can now be opened to re-balance fuel quantity, or to enable
use of fuel from both wings. Do not restart the engine.
 LEAK FROM ENGINE/PYLON NOT CONFIRMED or LEAK NOT LOCATED:

Stop any fuel transfer, and then monitor the depletion rate of each inner tank, to determine if the leak
is from an engine or a wing (case 1), or from the Center tank or the APU feeding line (case 2).
FUEL X FEED..................................................................... MAINTAIN CLOSED
The crossfeed valve must remain closed to prevent the leak from affecting both sides.
CTR TK PUMP 1+2...................................................................................... OFF
Each engine is fed via its associated inner tank only.
INNER TANK FUEL QUANTITIES...................................................... MONITOR
Monitor the depletion rate of each inner tank.
 CASE 1: IF ONE INNER TANK DEPLETES FASTER THAN THE OTHER
BY AT LEAST 300 kg (660 lb ) IN LESS THAN 30 min:
An engine leak may still be suspected. Therefore:
THR LEVER (engine on leaking side).....................................................IDLE
ENG MASTER (engine on leaking side)..................................................OFF
CTR TK PUMP 1+2................................................................................... ON
FUEL LEAK.................................................................................... MONITOR
 If leak stops:

If the inner tank fuel quantity of the affected side stops decreasing, the engine leak is
confirmed and stopped.
FUEL X FEED...................................................................USE AS RQRD
The crossfeed valves can now be opened to re-balance fuel quantity, or to enable use of
fuel from both wings. Do not restart the engine.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 28.02A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

FUEL LEAK (Cont'd)


 If leak continues (after engine shutdown):

The inner tank fuel quantity of the affected side continues to decrease. If the leak has not
stopped after engine shut down, a leak from the wing may be suspected.
ENGINE RESTART................................................................. CONSIDER
CAUTION Do not apply the FUEL IMBALANCE procedure. Approach and landing can
be done, even with one full wing/one empty wing.
 CASE 2: IF BOTH INNER TANKS DEPLETE AT A SIMILAR RATE:

A leak from the Center tank or the APU feeding line may be suspected.
 If fuel smell in the cabin:
APU (if ON).........................................................................................OFF
This prevents additional fuel loss through the APU feeding line.
 When fuel quantity in one inner tank is less than 3 t (6 600 lb):
CTR TK PUMP 1+2..............................................................................ON
FOR LANDING
CAUTION Do not use reversers.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 28.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

GRVTY FUEL FEEDING


ENG MODE SEL....................................................................................................IGN
AVOID NEGATIVE G FACTOR
 DETERMINE GRAVITY FEED CEILING:

Consult the following table to determine the flight altitude limitation.


Flight conditions at time of gravity feeding Gravity feed ceiling
Flight time above FL 300 more than 30 min Current FL(1)
(Fuel deaerated)
Flight time above FL 300 less than 30 min FL 300(1)
(Fuel non-deaerated)
Aircraft flight level never exceeded FL 300 FL 150(1), or 7 000 ft above takeoff airport, whichever is higher
(Fuel non-deaerated)
(1) For JET B, gravity feed ceiling is FL 100 in all cases.

DESCEND TO GRVTY FEED CEILING (if applicable).


 WHEN REACHING GRVTY FEED CEILING:
FUEL X FEED.................................................................................................. OFF
 IF NO FUEL LEAK AND FOR AIRCRAFT HANDLING:
If no fuel leak, and for flight with only one engine running (this engine being fed by gravity), apply the
following :
FUEL X FEED....................................................................................................ON
BANK ANGLE....................................... 1° WING DOWN ON LIVE ENGINE SIDE
RUDDER TRIM................................................................................................ USE
 WHEN FUEL IMBALANCE REACHES 1 000 kg (2 200 lb):
BANK ANGLE.................................... 2° or 3° WING DOWN ON LIVE ENG SIDE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 29.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

HYD B + Y SYS LO PR SUMMARY


CRUISE
MAX SPD........................................................................................................................................... 320/0.77
MANEUVER WITH CARE
Flight controls remain in normal law.
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)
For Landing Performance assessment, refer to QRH FPE-IFL.
APPROACH
CAT 2 INOP
SLATS SLOW/FLAPS SLOW
 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION:
GRVTY GEAR EXTN handcrank..................................................................................PULL AND TURN
(Rotate the handle clockwise 3 turns until mechanical stop)
L/G LEVER..................................................................................................................................... DOWN
GEAR DOWN indications..............................................................................................................CHECK
LANDING
FLARE Only one ELEV and two spoilers per wing
SPOILERS Only 2 per wing
REVERSER Only N°1
BRAKING NORMAL
NO NOSEWHEEL STEERING
GO-AROUND
NO GEAR RETRACTION
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 29.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

HYD G + B SYS LO PR SUMMARY


CRUISE
SPD BRK...................................................................................................................................DO NOT USE
MAX SPD........................................................................................................................................... 320/0.77
MANEUVER WITH CARE
ALTN LAW : PROT LOST
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)
For Landing Performance assessment, refer to QRH FPE-IFL.
APPROACH
1
CAT 2 INOP
SLATS JAMMED/FLAPS SLOW
ATHR......................................................................................................................................................... OFF
FOR LANDING............................................................................................................................USE FLAP 3
GPWS LDG FLAP 3................................................................................................................................... ON
 When SPD 200 kt:
 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION:
GRVTY GEAR EXTN handcrank........................................................................... PULL AND TURN
(Rotate the handle clockwise 3 turns until mechanical stop)
L/G LEVER.............................................................................................................................. DOWN
GEAR DOWN......................................................................................................................... CHECK
 When L/G down: USE MAN PITCH TRIM
 FOR FLAPS EXTENSION:
SPD SEL................................................................................................................VFE NEXT - 5 KT
 When in landing CONF and in final approach:
DECELERATE TO CALCULATED VAPP
LANDING
FLARE: Only one ELEV and two spoilers per wing. No ailerons.
A/C slightly sluggish – Direct law
SPOILERS: Only 2 per wing
REVERSER: Only N°2
BRAKING: ALTERNATE
GO-AROUND
NO GEAR RETRACTION
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)
 For circuit:
MAINTAIN SLATS/FLAPS CONFIGURATION
Recommended speed: MAX SPD - 10 kt / 250 kt
 For diversion:
SELECT CLEAN CONFIGURATION
 If Slats jammed at zero:
Normal operating speeds (MAX SPEED = 250 kt )
 If Slats jammed above zero:
Recommended speed: MAX SPD - 10 kt / 250 kt

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 29.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

HYD G + Y SYS LO PR SUMMARY


CRUISE
MAX SPD........................................................................................................................................... 320/0.77
MANEUVER WITH CARE
NO STABILIZER
ALTN LAW : PROT LOST
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)
For Landing Performance assessment, refer to QRH FPE-IFL.
APPROACH
CAT 2 INOP
SLATS SLOW / FLAPS JAMMED
FOR LANDING............................................................................................................................USE FLAP 3
GPWS FLAP MODE................................................................................................................................. OFF
 FOR FLAPS EXTENSION:
SPD SEL....................................................................................................................... VFE NEXT - 5KT
 When in CONF 3:
DECELERATE TO CALCULATED VAPP
 When in CONF 3 and VAPP:
Stabilize at VAPP before L/G down, to be trimmed for approach.
 L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION:
GRVTY GEAR EXTN handcrank........................................................................... PULL AND TURN
(Rotate the handle clockwise 3 turns until mechanical stop)
L/G LEVER.............................................................................................................................. DOWN
GEAR DOWN......................................................................................................................... CHECK
Disregard "USE MANUAL PITCH TRIM".
MAN TRIM Unusable
LANDING
FLARE: PITCH AUTHORITY REDUCED (No stabilizer).
MAN TRIM Unusable
When Flaps jammed close to zero, perform positive landing.
Only 1 spoiler per wing – Direct law
SPOILERS: Only 1 per wing
NO REVERSER
BRAKING: BRK Y ACCU PR ONLY (7 applications)
MAX BRK PR 1 000 PSI
NO NOSEWHEEL STEERING
GO-AROUND
NO GEAR RETRACTION
FUEL: Increased fuel consumption (Refer to QRH FPE-FPF)
 For circuit:
MAINTAIN SLATS/FLAPS CONFIGURATION
Recommended speed: VAPP
 For diversion:
 If Flaps jammed at zero:
SELECT CLEAN CONFIGURATION
Normal operating speeds (MAX SPEED = 250 kt )
 If Flaps jammed above zero:
MAINTAIN SLATS/FLAPS CONFIG
Recommended speed: VAPP

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 30.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

DOUBLE AOA HEAT FAILURE


 If icing conditions cannot be avoided:
One of affected ADRs...................................................................................... OFF
NAV ADR DISAGREE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 31.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

DISPLAY UNIT FAILURE


 AFFECTED DU FLASHES INTERMITTENTLY:

This phenomenon may be due to Intermittent Electrical Power Supply Interruptions. It is evidenced by
one, or a combination, of the following:
‐ Flashing of PFD, ND, ECAM DUs (blank screen or INVALID DATA message),
‐ Flashing of MCDU,
‐ Intermittent flight control law reversion.
 IF THE CAPTAIN SIDE IS AFFECTED:
Captain PFD, captain ND, ECAM DUs or MCDU 1 is(are) affected.
GEN 1..........................................................................................................OFF
 If DUs do not stop flashing:
GEN 1...................................................................................................... ON
 If DUs stop flashing:
GEN 1..........................................................................................KEEP OFF
Keep the generator OFF for the rest of the flight.
RUD TRIM........................................................................... CHECK/RESET
Intermittent Electrical Power Supply Interruptions may cause offset in the rudder trim. Check
the need of the rudder trim to be reset using the sideslip indication.
AP and/or A/THR..........................................................................AS RQRD
APU START............................................................................... CONSIDER
 IF THE FIRST OFFICER SIDE IS AFFECTED:
First officer PFD, first officer ND, lower ECAM or MCDU 2 is(are) affected.
GEN 2..........................................................................................................OFF
 If DUs do not stop flashing:
GEN 2...................................................................................................... ON
 If DUs stop flashing:
GEN 2..........................................................................................KEEP OFF
Keep the generator OFF for the rest of the flight.
RUD TRIM........................................................................... CHECK/RESET
Intermittent Electrical Power Supply Interruptions may cause offset in the rudder trim. Check
the need of the rudder trim to be reset using the sideslip indication.
AP and/or A/THR..........................................................................AS RQRD
APU START............................................................................... CONSIDER
 DU is blank (with or without a large letter “F” in amber), or the display is
distorted:
DU (affected)...........................................................................................AS RQRD
The DU can be switched off.
ECAM/ND XFR (if the ECAM DUs are affected)............................................. USE
Transfer SD to the F/O or CAPT ND.
PFD/ND XFR (if the EFIS DUs are affected)...................................................USE
 INVALID DISPLAY UNIT message is displayed:
This may be caused by a DU failure.
FOR AUTOMATIC DU RECOVERY................................WAIT MORE THAN 40 s

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 31.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

DISPLAY UNIT FAILURE (Cont'd)


 IF DU IS AUTOMATICALLY RECOVERED:
No crew action is required.
 IF DU IS NOT RECOVERED:
Non-recovered DU............................................................................. AS RQRD
The DU can be switched off.
 INVALID DATA message appears (not on all DUs):
EIS DMC SWITCHING........................................................................... AS RQRD
 If unsuccessful:
DU (affected)............................................................................. OFF THEN ON
Note: The ND display may disappear, if too many waypoints and associated information
are displayed. Reduce the range, or deselect WPT or CSTR, and the display will
automatically recover, after about 30 s.
 INVALID DATA message appears on all DUs:
The autopilot, autothrust and MCDU navigation data are still available, and may be used.
FOR AUTOMATIC DUs RECOVERY ............................. WAIT MORE THAN 40 s
 IF ALL DUs ARE AUTOMATICALLY RECOVERED:
No crew action is required.
 IF ONE OR MORE DUs ARE NOT RECOVERED:
Non-recovered DUs....................................................................OFF FOR 40 s
Non-recovered DUs....................................................... BACK ON sequentially
 If the initial failure re-occurs (INVALID DATA message appears on all
DUs), when switching a given DU back ON:
Apply the entire procedure again, from the beginning.
Leave this specific DU permanently OFF.
 INVERSION OF THE EWD AND THE SD:
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY ...............................................................OFF THEN ON
The same action on the EIS DMC SWITCHING selector produces the same effect.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 31.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

ECAM SINGLE DISPLAY


Only the EWD is available. There is no SD on the other DUs.
 To call a SYS page:
PRESS AND MAINTAIN the SYS Page key on the ECP.
 OVERFLOW ON THE STATUS Page:
PRESS AND MAINTAIN the STS key on the ECP
The first page of STATUS appears.
RELEASE IT, THEN PRESS AGAIN WITHIN 2 s
The second page of STATUS appears.
CONTINUE UNTIL THE OVERFLOW ARROW DISAPPEARS.
When the STS key is released for more than 2 s, the EWD reappears.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 31.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 29 JUL 11

MULTIPLE UNDUE ECAM ALERTS


In the case of multiple undue ECAM alerts concerning :
‐ ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT) (FF) OVER LIMIT or
‐ ENG 1(2) N1(N2) (EGT) (EPR) (FF) DISCREPANCY or,
‐ NAV ATT(ALT) (HDG) DISCREPANCY or,
‐ NAV FM/GPS POS DISAGREE or,
‐ FUEL F.USED/FOB DISAGREE or,
‐ MINIMUM or HUNDRED ABOVE callouts,
possibly associated with EFIS red flags, apply the below procedure :
AFFECTED PARAMETERS................................................................ CROSSCHECK
Crosscheck the affected parameters on the E/WD, PFD, ND or on the related SD page to confirm that the
alerts are spurious.
 If it is confirmed that the ECAM alerts are spurious, identify the faulty DMC :
EIS DMC SWITCH......................................................................................CAPT 3
DMC 3 replaces DMC 1. If the undue alerts stop, DMC 1 is the faulty DMC.
 If unsuccessful :
EIS DMC SWITCH....................................................................................F/O 3
DMC 3 replaces DMC 2. If the undue alerts stop, DMC 2 is the faulty DMC.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

LOSS OF BRAKING
 IF NO BRAKING AVAILABLE:
REV.................................................................................................................. MAX
BRAKE PEDALS..................................................................................... RELEASE
A/SKID & N/W STRG.......................................................................................OFF
BRAKE PEDALS......................................................................................... PRESS
MAX BRK PR........................................................................................... 1000 PSI
 IF STILL NO BRAKING:
PARKING BRAKE......................SHORT AND SUCCESSIVE APPLICATIONS

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

RESIDUAL BRAKING PROC


 IN FLIGHT:
BRAKE PEDALS............................................................ APPLY SEVERAL TIMES
Press the brake pedals several times. This could set to zero the residual pressure on the alternate
system.
 IF RESIDUAL PRESSURE REMAINS:
A/SKID & N/W STRG selector........................................................... KEEP ON
 IF AUTOBRAKE IS AVAILABLE:
FOR LANDING.................................................................. AUTO/BRK MED
Using MED mode gives immediate priority to normal braking upon landing gear touchdown,
which cancels residual alternate pressure.
 IF AUTOBRAKE IS NOT AVAILABLE:
JUST AFTER TOUCHDOWN...........................................APPLY BRAKING
Pressing the brake pedals gives immediate priority to normal braking, which cancels residual
alternate pressure.
Beware of possible braking asymmetry after touchdown, which can be
controlled by using the pedals.
Note: If tire damage is suspected after landing, inspection of the tires is required before taxi.
If the tire is deflated but not damaged, the aircraft can be taxied at low speed with the
following limitations :
1. If one tire is deflated on one or more gears (ie. a maximum of three tires), the speed
should be limited to 7 kt when turning.
2. If two tires are deflated on the same main gear (the other main gear tires not being
deflated) speed should be limited to 3 kt, and the nose wheel steering angle should be
limited to 30 °.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

L/G GRAVITY EXTENSION


CAUTION Do not apply this procedure if at least one green triangle is displayed on each landing
gear on the WHEEL SD page. This is sufficient to confirm that the landing gear is
downlocked. Disregard any possible L/G GEAR NOT DOWN ECAM alert at 750 ft RA
and any possible GPWS "TOO LOW GEAR" aural alert.

GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handcrank..................................................PULL AND TURN


Rotate the handle clockwise 3 turns until reaching the mechanical stop, even if resistance is felt.
L/G lever............................................................................................................ DOWN
GEAR DOWN indications (if available)............................................................ CHECK
Note: 1. Depending on aircraft speed, the display may show the landing gear doors in the amber
transit position.
2. In the event of gravity extension, caused by the failure of both LGCIUs, landing gear position
indications on ECAM are lost. LDG GEAR light on LDG GEAR control panel remain available,
if LGCIU 1 is electrically supplied.
3. The L/G LGCIU 2 FAULT or BRAKES SYS 1(2) FAULT warning may be spuriously triggered
after a gravity extension.
4. If the three green downlock arrows are not on, it is possible that the handcrank is not at the
mechanical stop. Check that the handcrank is firmly against the mechanical stop.
 If successful:

Do not reset the free-fall system: This will avoid such undesirable effects as further loss of fluid, in the
event of a leak, or possible landing gear unlocking, in the event of a gear selector valve jamming in the
UP position.
Note: The free-fall system may be reset in flights used for training. If the green hydraulic system is
available, resetting the free-fall system allows the landing gear doors to be closed.
The flight crew should not reset the free-fall system on the ground after flight.
 If unsuccessful:
LDG WITH ABNORMAL L/G procedure...................................................... APPLY

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

LDG WITH ABNORMAL L/G


CAUTION Do not apply this procedure if at least one green triangle is displayed on each landing
gear on the WHEEL SD page. This is sufficient to confirm that the landing gear is
downlocked. Disregard any possible L/G GEAR NOT DOWN ECAM alert at 750 ft RA
and any possible GPWS "TOO LOW GEAR" aural alert.

PREPARATION
CABIN CREW...............................................................................................NOTIFY
ATC............................................................................................................... NOTIFY
GALY & CAB pb-sw........................................................................................... OFF
Consider fuel reduction to a safe minimum.
 If NOSE L/G abnormal:
CG location (if possible)................................................................................ AFT
‐ 10 passengers from front to rear moves the CG roughly 4 % aft.
‐ 10 passengers from mid to rear moves the CG roughly 2.5 % aft.
 If one MAIN L/G abnormal:
FUEL IMBALANCE............................................................................CONSIDER
Open the fuel X-FEED valve and switch off the pumps on the side with landing gear normally
extended.
OXYGEN CREW SUPPLY................................................................................. OFF
SIGNS...................................................................................................................ON
CABIN and COCKPIT...............................................................................PREPARE
‐ Loose equipment secured.
‐ Survival equipment prepared.
‐ Belts and shoulder harness locked.
APPROACH
GPWS SYS.........................................................................................................OFF
L/G lever........................................................................................... CHECK DOWN
GRVTY GEAR EXTN handcrank................................... TURN BACK TO NORMAL
AUTOBRAKE......................................................................................DO NOT ARM
EMER EXIT LT.....................................................................................................ON
CABIN REPORT...........................................................................................OBTAIN
A/SKID & N/W STRG.........................................................................................OFF
MAX BRAKE PR.........................................................................................1000 PSI
 If one or both MAIN L/G abnormal:
GROUND SPOILERS................................................................... DO NOT ARM
BEFORE LANDING
RAM AIR...............................................................................................................ON
BRACE FOR IMPACT.................................................................................. ORDER
 If the external light condition is poor at landing:
DOME LT....................................................................................................... DIM
FLARE, TOUCH DOWN AND ROLL OUT
Engines should be shut down sufficiently early to ensure fuel is shut off before the nacelles impact, but
sufficiently late to ensure adequate hydraulic supplies for the flight controls.
Engine pumps continue to supply adequate hydraulic pressure for 30 s after first engine shutdown.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.04A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

LDG WITH ABNORMAL L/G (Cont'd)


REVERSE........................................................................................... DO NOT USE
 If NOSE L/G abnormal:
NOSE............................................................................................ MAINTAIN UP
After touchdown, keep the nose off the runway by use of the elevator. Then, lower the nose on to
the runway before elevator control is lost.
BRAKES (compatible with elevator efficiency)......................................... APPLY
ENG MASTERS............................................................................................ OFF
Shutdown the engines before nose impact.
 If one MAIN L/G abnormal:
ENG MASTERS............................................................................................ OFF
At touchdown, shut down both engines.
FAILURE SIDE WING...................................................................MAINTAIN UP
Use roll control, as necessary, to maintain the unsupported wing up as long as possible.
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL..................................................................MAINTAIN
Use rudder and brakes (maximum 1 000 PSI) to maintain the runway axis as long as possible.
 If both MAIN L/G abnormal:
ENG MASTERS............................................................................................ OFF
Shut down the engines in the flare, before touchdown.
PITCH ATTITUDE (at touchdown)...................................... NOT LESS THAN 6°
WHEN A/C STOPPED
ENG (all) and APU FIRE pushbutton.............................................................. PUSH
Pressing the ENG FIRE pb shuts off the related hydraulic pressure within a short time.
ENG (all) and APU AGENT........................................................................... DISCH
 If Evacuation required:
EVACUATION........................................................................................ INITIATE
 If Evacuation not required:
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)................................................ NOTIFY
Ensure that all the landing gears are secured before initiating the disembarkation (before switching
OFF the seat belts signs).

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 32.05
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

ASYMMETRIC BRAKING
Normal braking is faulty, or the green hydraulic system is in low pressure, and all brakes of one gear are
released.
Apply brake progressively on the available side. Counter swing with the rudder.
Avoid crosswind in excess of 10 knots from the side of the available brake.
 If only one reverse is available:
Do not use Reverse on the side of the available brake.
LDG DIST PROC.............................................................................................. APPLY

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

ALL ADR OFF


SPD..................................................................................................FLY THE GREEN
Fly within the green area of the speed scale to ensure safe flight. For slats/flaps retraction, it is better to fly
at the top of the green area of the speed scale.

CAUTION The altitude displayed on the PFD is a GPS altitude.


BACK UP NAV...................................................................................................... USE
When ADRs are OFF, both FMs are lost.
Revert to Back Up Nav via the NAV B/UP prompt on the MCDU MENU page.
NAVAID TUNING......................................................................................... USE RMP
Set both RMPs to NAV.
MANUAL CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL
MODE SEL........................................................................................................ MAN
MAN V/S CTL........................................................................................... AS RQRD
MAN CAB PR CTL
TGT V/S : CLIMB 500 ft/min
DESC 300 ft/min
A/C GPS ALT CAB ALT TGT
410 8000
350 7000
300 5500
250 3000
<200 0

FOR APPROACH
SPD...............................................................................................FLY THE GREEN
Before extending the slats/flaps, it is better to fly at the bottom of the speed scale green area, and to be
in straight flight.
FOR LDG..............................................................................................USE FLAP 3
LDG DIST PROC........................................................................................... APPLY
APPR SPD.........................................................................................FLY THE BUG
During the approach, the bug indicates VAPP.
 WHEN FLAP 2
LDG GRVTY EXTN...................................................................................DOWN
CAUTION All gear doors remain open.
 WHEN L/G DOWNLOCKED:
L/G lever....................................................................................................DOWN
GEAR DOWN indications........................................................................ CHECK
 DURING FINAL APPROACH:
MAN V/S CTL........................................................................................FULL UP
CAUTION Check that the outflow valve is fully open and that cabin altitude is at airfield
elevation before opening the doors.

STATUS
INOP SYS

REAC W/S DET


PRED W/S DET 
F/CTL PROT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.02A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

ALL ADR OFF (Cont'd)


ADR 1+2+3
RUD TRV LIM
AP 1+2
A/THR
CAB PR 1+2
GPWS
GPWS TERR 

Other INOP SYS

RAT automatic extension


ATC ALTI MODE
TCAS
L/G RETRACT
 

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

NAV FM / GPS POS DISAGREE


The FMS and GPS positions differ by more than a longitude threshold that depends on the latitude:
‐ 0.5 min for latitudes below 55 °,
‐ 0.9 min for latitudes at or above 55 ° and below 70 °,
‐ or a latitude threshold of 0.5 min, regardless of the latitude.
A/C POS...........................................................................................................CHECK
The following procedure is not displayed on the ECAM:
 If the message occurs during ILS/LOC approach (LOC green):
DISREGARD it.
 If the message occurs in climb, cruise, or descent:
CHECK navigation accuracy, using raw data.
 If the check is positive:
NAV mode and ND ARC/ROSE NAV may be used.
 If the check is negative:
HDG/TRK mode and raw data must be used.
When possible, compare the FM position versus the GPIRS position, on the
POSITION MONITOR page:
 If one FM position agrees with the GPIRS position on the POSITION
MONITOR page:
Use the associated FD/AP.
 If not:
Deselect GPS and revert to basic information.
 If the message occurs during a Non Precision Approach (NPA):
 Overlay approach:
SELECT HDG, or TRK, and use raw data.
 GPS or RNAV approach:
GO AROUND, or fly visual, if visual conditions are met.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

EGPWS ALERTS
CAUTION During night or IMC conditions, apply the procedure immediately. Do not delay reaction
for diagnosis.
During daylight VMC conditions, with terrain and obstacles clearly in sight, the alert may
be considered cautionary. Take positive corrective action until the alert stops or a safe
trajectory is ensured.
 ″PULL UP″ – ″TERRAIN TERRAIN PULL UP″ – ″TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP
″-"OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP":
Simultaneously:
AP..................................................................................................................... OFF
PITCH....................................................................................................... PULL UP
Pull to full backstick and maintain in that position.
THRUST LEVERS.........................................................................................TOGA
SPEED BRAKES lever........................................................ CHECK RETRACTED
BANK........................................................................... WINGS LEVEL or ADJUST
 When flight path is safe and the warning stops:
Decrease pitch attitude and accelerate.
 When speed is above VLS, and vertical speed is positive:
Clean up aircraft as required.
 “TERRAIN TERRAIN” “TOO LOW TERRAIN”:
Adjust the flight path or initiate a go-around.
 "TERRAIN AHEAD"-"OBSTACLE AHEAD":
Adjust the flight path. Stop descent. Climb and/or turn, as necessary, based on
analysis of all available instruments and information.
 “SINK RATE” “DON’T SINK”:
Adjust pitch attitude and thrust to silence the alert.
 “TOO LOW GEAR” - “TOO LOW FLAPS”:
Perform a go-around.
 “GLIDE SLOPE”:
Establish the aircraft on the glideslope, or set the G/S MODE pb to OFF, if flight
below the glideslope is intentional (non precision approach (NPA)).

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.05
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

IR ALIGNMENT IN ATT MODE


If IR alignment is lost, the navigation mode is inoperative (red ATT flag on PFD and red HDG flag on ND).
Aircraft attitude and heading may be recovered by applying the following procedure.
Aircraft must stay level with constant speed during 30 s.
MODE SELECTOR................................................................................................ ATT
LEVEL A/C ATTITUDE....................................................................................... HOLD
CONSTANT A/C SPEED.............................................................................MAINTAIN
 MCDU INITIALIZATION:
DATA (MCDU KEY).................................................................................... PRESS
The DATA INDEX page is displayed.
IRS MONITOR (2L KEY).............................................................................PRESS
The IRS MONITOR page is displayed.
A/C HEADING............................................................................................. ENTER
The flight crew must enter the heading in the SET HDG field (5R KEY).

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.06
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

TCAS WARNINGS
 Traffic advisory: “TRAFFIC” messages:
Do not perform a maneuver based on a TA alone.
 Resolution advisory : All “CLIMB” and “DESCEND” or “MAINTAIN
VERTICAL SPEED MAINTAIN” or “ADJUST VERTICAL SPEED ADJUST” or
“MONITOR VERTICAL SPEED” type messages
AP (if engaged)................................................................................................ OFF
BOTH FDs........................................................................................................ OFF
Respond promptly and smoothly to an RA by adjusting or maintaining the pitch,
as required, to reach the green area and/or avoid the red area of the vertical
speed scale.
Note: Avoid excessive maneuvers while aiming to keep the vertical speed just
outside the red area of the VSI, and within the green area. If necessary,
use the full speed range between Vαmax and VMAX.
Respect stall, GPWS, or windshear warning.
Notify ATC.
 GO AROUND procedure must be performed when an RA “CLIMB” or
“INCREASE CLIMB” is triggered on final approach:
Note: Resolution Advisories (RA) are inhibited below 900 ft.
 When “CLEAR OF CONFLICT” is announced:
Resume normal navigation in accordance with ATC clearance.
AP/FD can be re-engaged as desired.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.07
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

UNRELIABLE SPEED INDICATION/ADR CHECK PROC


 If the safe conduct of the flight is impacted:

MEMORY ITEMS
AP/FD.............................................................................................................. OFF
A/THR.............................................................................................................. OFF
PITCH/THRUST:
Below THRUST RED ALT..................................................................... 15°/TOGA
Above THRUST RED ALT and Below FL 100..........................................10°/CLB
Above THRUST RED ALT and Above FL 100........................................... 5°/CLB
FLAPS (if CONF 0(1)(2)(3)).....................................MAINTAIN CURRENT CONF
FLAPS (if CONF FULL)...................................SELECT CONF 3 AND MAINTAIN
SPEEDBRAKES..................................................................CHECK RETRACTED
L/G..................................................................................................................... UP
When at, or above MSA or Circuit Altitude:
Level off for troubleshooting
GPS ALTITUDE..........................................................................Display on MCDU
 To level off for troubleshooting:
AP/FD............................................................................................................... OFF
A/THR............................................................................................................... OFF
Note: Check the actual slat/flap configuration on ECAM, since flap auto-retraction may occur.
PITCH / THRUST FOR INITIAL LEVEL OFF
SLATS / FLAPS EXTENDED
Above 67 t 67 t - 57 t Below 57 t
CONF Speed
Pitch (°) / Thrust (% N1)
3 F 7.0 / 62.4 7.0 / 58.4 7.0 / 53.0
2 F 8.5 / 62.3 8.5 / 58.3 8.5 / 53.0
1+F S 4.5 / 61.3 4.5 / 57.2 4.5 / 52.3
1 S 7.5 / 60.2 7.5 / 55.8 7.5 / 51.0
CLEAN
FL Speed Pitch (°) / Thrust (% N1)
Below FL 200 250 kt 3.5 / 64.7 3.0 / 62.3 2.0 / 60.3
FL 200 - FL 320 275 kt 2.5 / 78.7 2.0 / 76.8 1.0 / 75.3
Above FL 320 M 0.76 3.0 / 84.6 2.5 / 83.3 2.0 / 80.8

FLYING TECHNIQUE TO STABILIZE SPEED


Adjust pitch in order to fly the required flight path.
When target pitch is reached, flying intended flight path, adjust thrust to target:
If the aircraft pitch tends to increase, aircraft is slow, then increase thrust;
If the aircraft pitch tends to decrease, aircraft is fast, then decrease thrust.

WHEN FLIGHT PATH IS STABILIZED


PROBE/WINDOW HEAT......................................................................................ON
TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS
Respect Stall Warning.
To monitor speed, refer to IRS Ground Speed or GPS Ground Speed variations.
CAUTION If the failure is due to radome destruction, the drag will increase and therefore N1
must be increased by 5 %. Fuel flow will increase by about 27 %.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.07A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

UNRELIABLE SPEED INDICATION/ADR


CHECK PROC (Cont'd)
AFFECTED ADR IDENTIFICATION
Crosscheck all speed indications and Refer to the Operating Speeds table of the
FPE In Flight Performance QRH Section (for F, S speeds) or Refer to Severe
Turbulence table of QRH Operational Data Section in clean
 If at least one ADR is reliable:
Faulty ADR(s).............................................................................................OFF
REMAINING AIR DATA....................................................................CONFIRM
Alternates sources may be used to evaluate the air data:
‐ GPS altitude.
‐ GPS and IRS ground speeds, taking into account altitude and wind effect.
 If affected ADR(s) cannot be identified, or if all ADRs are affected:
 When above FL 250:
ONE ADR.....................................................................................KEEP ON
TWO ADRs........................................................................................... OFF
This prevents the flight control laws from using two coherent but unreliable ADR data.
For flight continuation, Refer to Climb, Cruise and Descent tables.
 When below FL 250, if speed still unreliable:
ALL ADRs P/B...................................................................................... OFF
All ADRs must be switched OFF to replace the PFD's normal speed scale and altitude
indication to the Back Up Speed Scale and GPS altitude indication.
SPD................................................................................. FLY THE GREEN
NAV ADR 1+2+3 FAULT

CLIMB/CRUISE/DESCENT (PITCH & THRUST TABLES) - CLIMB


Set the thrust to CL.
CLEAN
Above 67 t 67 t - 57 t Below 57 t
FL Speed
Pitch (°) / Thrust (% N1)
FL 250 - FL 320 275 kt 3.5 / CLB 3.5 / CLB 3.5 / CLB
Above FL 320 M 0.76 3.5 / CLB 3.5 / CLB 3.5 / CLB

CLIMB/CRUISE/DESCENT (PITCH & THRUST TABLES) - CRUISE


Adjust N1 to maintain approximate level flight with pitch attitude held constant.
When time permits Refer to Operational Data (OPS SEVERE TURBULENCE) and
adjust pitch to maintain level flight.
CLEAN
Above 67 t 67 t - 57 t Below 57 t
FL Speed
Pitch (°) / Thrust (% N1)
FL 250 - FL 320 275 kt 2.5 / 78.7 2.0 / 76.8 1.0 / 75.3
Above FL 320 M 0.76 3.0 / 84.6 2.5 / 83.3 2.0 / 80.8

CLIMB/CRUISE/DESCENT (PITCH & THRUST TABLES) - DESCENT


Set the thrust to IDLE.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 34.07B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

UNRELIABLE SPEED INDICATION/ADR


CHECK PROC (Cont'd)
CLEAN
Above 67 t 67 t - 57 t Below 57 t
FL Speed
Pitch (°) / Thrust (% N1)
Above FL 320 M 0.76 -0.5 / IDLE -1.0 / IDLE -2.0 / IDLE
FL 320 - FL 250 275 kt -0.5 / IDLE -1.0 / IDLE -2.0 / IDLE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 36.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT


 If ENG1 BLEED was lost due to a:

LEAK on side 1
ENG 1 FIRE
Start Air Valve 1 failed open.
DESCENT TO FL100/MEA.......................................................................INITIATE
Descend rapidly to FL 100/MEA, to prevent excessive cabin altitude.
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
 IF ICE ACCRETION
APPR SPD.................................................................................... VLS + 10 KT
LDG DIST PROC....................................................................................APPLY
 If ENG 2 BLEED was lost due to a:

LEAK on side 2
ENG 2 FIRE
Start Air Valve 2 failed open.
X BLEED..................................................................................... CHECK CLOSED
DESCENT TO FL225/MEA.......................................................................INITIATE
Descend rapidly to FL 225, to recover the bleed supply from the APU.
APU.............................................................................................................. START
Start the APU during the descent.
 AT, OR BELOW, FL225 :
WING A.ICE................................................................................................ OFF
APU BLEED must not be used for wing anti-ice.
APU BLEED.................................................................................................. ON
MAX FL225
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
 IF ICE ACCRETION
APPR SPD...............................................................................VLS + 10 KT
LDG DIST PROC...............................................................................APPLY
 In all other cases :
DESCENT................................................................................................. INITIATE
Descend rapidly to FL 225, so that the bleed supply may be supplied by the APU, if the bleed system
recovery is not successful.
 If both packs are available :
If both packs are operative, it can be suspected that the second bleed system failed due to
excessive demand. Recovery of the second failed engine bleed may be attempted.
 If ENG 1 BLEED is lost first :
PACK 1.................................................................................................. OFF
ENGINE 2 BLEED................................................................................... ON
 If ENG 2 BLEED is lost first:
PACK 2.................................................................................................. OFF
ENGINE 1 BLEED................................................................................... ON

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 36.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

AIR DUAL BLEED FAULT (Cont'd)


 If engine bleed recovery was not successful, or if one pack is
inoperative:
X BLEED.................................................................................... CHECK OPEN
DESCENT TO FL225/MEA..............................................................CONTINUE
Descend rapidly to FL 225, to recover the bleed supply from the APU.
APU.........................................................................................................START
Start the APU during the descent.
 AT, OR BELOW, FL225 :
WING A.ICE........................................................................................... OFF
APU BLEED must not be used for wing anti-ice.
APU BLEED.............................................................................................ON
MAX FL225
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
 IF ICE ACCRETION
APPR SPD..........................................................................VLS + 10 KT
LDG DIST PROC......................................................................... APPLY

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - FUEL REMAINING


Apply first the following actions required by the ECAM ENG DUAL FAILURE (if not already done) :

LAND ASAP
EMER ELEC PWR (if EMER GEN not in line)...............................................MAN ON
THR LEVERS....................................................................................................... IDLE
FAC 1...................................................................................................OFF THEN ON
ENG MODE SEL....................................................................................................IGN
Then, as long as none of the engines recover, apply the following paper procedure, and if time permits,
clear ECAM alerts, and check the ECAM STATUS page.
OPTIMUM RELIGHT SPD................................................................................ 300 KT
In the case of a speed indication failure (volcanic ash), Pitch attitude for optimum relight speed is:
WEIGHT Pitch (°)
At or below 50 000 kg/110 000 lb -4.5
60 000 kg/132 000 lb -3.5
70 000 kg/154 000 lb -2.5

At 300 kt, the aircraft can fly up to about 2 nm/1 000 ft (with no wind).
LANDING STRATEGY.............................................................................DETERMINE
Determine whether a runway can be reached, or the most appropriate place for a forced landing/ditching.
VHF1/HF1  /ATC1..............................................................................................USE
ATC.................................................................................................................. NOTIFY
 IF NO RELIGHT AFTER 30 SEC:
ENG MASTERS................................................................................ OFF 30 S/ON
Unassisted start attempts can be repeated until successful, or until APU bleed is available.
 IF UNSUCCESSFUL:
CREW OXY MASKS (Above FL 100)................................................................ON
 WHEN BELOW FL 250
APU (IF AVAIL)...................................................................................... START
 WHEN BELOW FL 200
WING ANTI ICE.......................................................................................... OFF
APU BLEED.................................................................................................. ON
ENG MASTERS (one at a time).................................................. OFF 30 S/ON

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - FUEL REMAINING (Cont'd)


 When APU bleed is available or if engine restart is definitively considered
impossible:
OPTIMUM SPEED......................................................REFER TO TABLE BELOW
GREEN DOT SPEED WITH ALL ENGINES INOPERATIVE (KNOTS)
Weight (1 000 kg) At or below FL 200 FL 300 FL 400
78 241 251 261
76 237 247 257
72 229 239 249
68 221 231 241
64 213 223 233
60 205 215 225
56 197 207 217
52 189 199 209
48 181 191 201
44 173 183 193
40 165 175 185

At green dot speed, the aircraft can fly up to approximately 2.5 nm per 1 000 ft (with no wind).
Average rate of descent is approximately 1 600 ft/min.
CABIN AND COCKPIT...........................................................................PREPARE
CABIN SIGNS.................................................................................................... ON
COMMERCIAL..................................................................................................OFF
USE RUDDER WITH CARE
 WHEN BELOW FL 150
RAM AIR............................................................................................................ ON
APPROACH PREPARATION
Note: Final descent slope, when configured (CONF 3 ; L/G DOWN) will be approximately 1.2 nm
per 1 000 ft (with no wind).
BARO.................................................................................................................. SET
CREW MASKS/OXY SUPPLY (below FL 100)..................................................OFF
IF FORCED LANDING ANTICIPATED
APPROACH
FOR LDG...........................................................................................USE FLAP 3
Only slats extend, and slowly.
MIN APPR SPEED..................................................................................... 150 KT
VAPP................................................................................................. DETERMINE
Vapp is the maximum between VREF + 25 kt/150 kt:
Weight (1 000
40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 78
kg)
Vapp 150 150 150 150 150 155 159 163 167 171 173

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.01B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - FUEL REMAINING (Cont'd)


 At a suitable altitude (not below 3 000 ft AGL), configure the aircraft for
landing (CONF 3 ; L/G DOWN):
 When in CONF 3 and VAPP:
GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handcrank................................. PULL AND TURN
Flight controls revert to direct law at landing gear extension. Wait for CONF 3 and VAPP
before extending the landing gear to enable the aircraft to be trimmed for approach. Disregard
″USE MAN PITCH TRIM″ on the PFD, because the stabilizer is frozen in the position where it
was at, when the windmilling was insufficient to provide hydraulic power.
 When L/G downlocked
L/G lever........................................................................................... DOWN
APPROACH SPEED...................................................................... ADJUST
Adjust the speed to the above given Vapp. Nevertheless, to reach the landing field/runway,
the approach speed may be adjusted up to 200 kt (max speed with slats extended).
GND SPLR................................................................................................ ARM
MAX BRK PR..................................................................................... 1000 PSI
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CABIN..............................................................................NOTIFY FOR LANDING
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT............................................................................... ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS.............................................................................................. OFF
APU MASTER SW.......................................................................................... OFF
BRAKES ON ACCU ONLY
AFTER LANDING
 When the aircraft has stopped:
PARKING BRK.............................................................................................ON
ATC.......................................................................................................NOTIFY
FIRE pushbutton (ENG and APU)...........................................................PUSH
AGENTS (ENG and APU)......................................................................DISCH
Engine Agent 2 is not available.
 If Evacuation required:
EVACUATION................................................................................INITIATE
ELT  ..........................................................................CHECK EMITTING
If not, switch on the transmitter.
 If Evacuation not required:
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)........................................ NOTIFY
IF DITCHING ANTICIPATED
APPROACH
FOR LDG...........................................................................................USE FLAP 3
Only slats extend, and slowly.
MIN APPR SPEED..................................................................................... 150 KT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.01C
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - FUEL REMAINING (Cont'd)


VAPP................................................................................................. DETERMINE
Vapp is the maximum between VREF + 25 kt/150 kt:
Weight (1 000 kg) 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 78
Vapp 150 150 150 150 150 155 159 163 167 171 173

 At a suitable altitude (not below 3 000 ft AGL), configure the aircraft for
ditching (CONF 3 ; L/G UP)
L/G lever......................................................................................... CHECK UP
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CABIN............................................................................ NOTIFY FOR DITCHING
DITCHING pushbutton...................................................................................... ON
Prefer ditching parallel to the swell.
If that causes a strong crosswind, ditch into the wind.
In all cases, touch down with a pitch attitude of approximately 11 °.
Minimize aircraft vertical speed.
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT............................................................................... ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS.............................................................................................. OFF
APU MASTER SW.......................................................................................... OFF
AFTER DITCHING
ATC (VHF 1)..............................................................................................NOTIFY
FIRE pushbutton (ENG and APU)................................................................PUSH
AGENT (ENG and APU)............................................................................. DISCH
Engine Agent 2 is not available.
EVACUATION.......................................................................................... INITIATE
ELT  .................................................................................... CHECK EMITTING
If not, switch on the transmitter.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - NO FUEL REMAINING


Apply first the following actions required by the ECAM ENG DUAL FAILURE (if not already done) :
EMER ELEC PWR (if EMER GEN not in line)...............................................MAN ON
THRUST LEVERS................................................................................................ IDLE
FAC 1...................................................................................................OFF THEN ON
Then apply the following paper procedure, and if time permits, clear ECAM alerts, and check the ECAM
STATUS page.
OPTIMUM SPEED......................................................................220 KT/GREEN DOT
Initially, fly 220 kt, because the PFD may not display the correct green dot speed. Then fly the green dot
speed according to the following table:
GREEN DOT SPEED WITH ALL ENGINES INOPERATIVE (KNOTS)
Weight (1 000 kg) At or below FL 200 FL 300 FL 400
68 221 231 241
64 213 223 233
60 205 215 225
56 197 207 217
52 189 199 209
48 181 191 201
44 173 183 193
40 165 175 185

At green dot speed, the aircraft can fly up to approximately 2.5 nm per 1 000 ft (with no wind). Average rate
of descent is approximately 1 600 ft/min .
LANDING STRATEGY.............................................................................DETERMINE
Determine whether a runway can be reached or the most appropriate place for a forced landing/ditching.
VHF1/HF1  /ATC1..............................................................................................USE
ATC.................................................................................................................. NOTIFY
CREW OXY MASKS (Above FL 100).....................................................................ON
CABIN AND COCKPIT................................................................................ PREPARE
SIGNS......................................................................................................................ON
COMMERCIAL.......................................................................................................OFF
USE RUDDER WITH CARE
 WHEN BELOW FL 150
RAM AIR............................................................................................................ ON
COMMON ACTIONS FOR THE APPROACH
APPROACH PREPARATION
Note: Final descent slope, when configured (CONF 3/ L/G DOWN), will be approximately
1.2 N/m per 1 000 ft (with no wind).
BARO............................................................................................................... SET
CREW MASKS/OXY SUPPLY (below FL 100)...............................................OFF
IF FORCED LANDING ANTICIPATED
APPROACH
FOR LDG...........................................................................................USE FLAP 3
Only slats extend, and slowly.
MIN APPR SPEED..................................................................................... 150 KT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.02A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - NO FUEL REMAINING (Cont'd)


VAPP................................................................................................. DETERMINE
Vapp is the maximum between VREF + 25 kt/150 kt.
Weight (1 000 kg) 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 78
Vapp 150 150 150 150 150 155 159 163 167 171 173

 At a suitable altitude (not below 3 000 ft AGL), configure the aircraft for
landing (CONF 3 ; L/G DOWN)
 When in CONF 3 and VAPP
GRAVITY GEAR EXTN handcrank................................. PULL AND TURN
Flight controls revert to direct law at landing gear extension. Wait for CONF 3 and VAPP
before extending the landing gear to enable the aircraft to be trimmed for approach. Disregard
″USE MAN PITCH TRIM″ on the PFD, because the stabilizer is frozen in the position where it
was at, when the windmilling was insufficient to provide hydraulic power.
 When L/G downlocked
L/G lever........................................................................................... DOWN
APPROACH SPEED...................................................................... ADJUST
Adjust the speed to the determined Vapp. Nevertheless, to reach the landing field/runway, the
approach speed may be adjusted up to 200 kt (max speed with slats extended).
GND SPLR................................................................................................ ARM
MAX BRK PR..................................................................................... 1000 PSI
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CABIN..............................................................................NOTIFY FOR LANDING
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT............................................................................... ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS.............................................................................................. OFF
BRAKES ON ACCU ONLY
AFTER LANDING
 When the aircraft has stopped :
PARKING BRK.............................................................................................ON
ATC.......................................................................................................NOTIFY
 If Evacuation required :
EVACUATION................................................................................INITIATE
ELT  ..........................................................................CHECK EMITTING
If not, switch on the transmitter
 If Evacuation not required :
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)........................................ NOTIFY
IF DITCHING ANTICIPATED
APPROACH
FOR LDG...........................................................................................USE FLAP 3
Only slats extend, and slowly.
MIN APPR SPEED..................................................................................... 150 KT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.02B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG DUAL FAILURE - NO FUEL REMAINING (Cont'd)


VAPP................................................................................................. DETERMINE
Vapp is the maximum between VREF + 25 kt/150 kt:
Weight (1 000 kg) 40 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76 78
Vapp 150 150 150 150 150 155 159 163 167 171 173

 At a suitable altitude (not below 3 000 ft AGL), configure the aircraft for
ditching (CONF 3 ; L/G UP)
L/G lever......................................................................................... CHECK UP
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CABIN............................................................................ NOTIFY FOR DITCHING
DITCHING pushbutton...................................................................................... ON
Prefer ditching parallel to the swell
If that causes a strong crosswind, ditch into the wind..
In all cases, touch down with a pitch attitude of approximately11 °.
Minimize aircraft vertical speed.
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT............................................................................... ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS.............................................................................................. OFF
AFTER DITCHING
ATC (VHF 1)..............................................................................................NOTIFY
EVACUATION.......................................................................................... INITIATE
ELT  .................................................................................... CHECK EMITTING
If not, switch on the transmitter

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG RELIGHT
(IN FLIGHT)
MAX ALTITUDE...........................................................................................See below
ENG MASTER (affected).......................................................................................OFF
THR LEVER (affected)......................................................................................... IDLE
ENG MODE SEL....................................................................................................IGN
X BLEED ........................................................................................................... OPEN
WING A. ICE (for starter assist)............................................................................OFF
ENG MASTER (affected)........................................................................................ ON
Be aware that, contrary to an autostart on ground, the crew must take appropriate action in case of an
abnormal start.
Engine light up should be achieved within 30 s after fuel flow increases.
ENG PARAMETERS (N2, EGT)...................................................................... CHECK
 When idle is reached (AVAIL indication pulses in green) :
ENG MODE SEL.......................................................................................... NORM
TCAS MODE SEL  ........................................................................ check TA/RA
Check that the selector is at TA/RA since, if the ENG SHUT DOWN procedure has been applied, the
TCAS mode selector may have been set at the TA position.
Affected SYS.......................................................................................... RESTORE
Restore affected systems, and set the X BLEED selector to AUTO.
 If no relight :
ENG MASTER (affected)................................................................................. OFF
Wait 30 s before attempting a new start (to drain the engine).
IN FLIGHT ENGINE RELIGHT ENVELOPE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG 1(2) STALL


 N2 between 50 % and IDLE:
THR LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE)............................................................... IDLE
ENG MASTER (AFFECTED ENGINE)............................................................ OFF
ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES

ENG 1(2) SHUT DOWN


 N2 above IDLE (title and procedure not displayed on ECAM):
 On ground :
THR LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE).......................................................... IDLE
ENG MASTER (AFFECTED ENGINE)....................................................... OFF
 In flight :
THR LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE).......................................................... IDLE
ENG PARAMETERS (AFFECTED ENGINE)........................................ CHECK
 Abnormal :
ENG MASTER (AFFECTED ENGINE).................................................. OFF
ASSOCIATED PROCEDURES

ENG 1(2) SHUT DOWN


 Normal :
ENG A.ICE (AFFECTED ENGINE)......................................................... ON
WING A.ICE.............................................................................................ON
THR LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE)............................SLOWLY ADVANCE
 If a stall recurs :
THR LEVER (AFFECTED ENGINE).........................................REDUCE
 If a stall does not recur :
Continue engine operation.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.05
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

ENG TAILPIPE FIRE


CAUTION External fire agents can cause severe corrosive damage and should, therefore, only be
considered after having applied following procedure :

ENG MASTER (affected).......................................................................................OFF


MAN START.......................................................................................................... OFF
AIR BLEED PRESS.................................................................................. ESTABLISH
BEACON..................................................................................................................ON
ENG MODE SEL..............................................................................................CRANK
MAN START............................................................................................................ON
 When burning has stopped :
MAN START.....................................................................................................OFF
ENG MODE SEL.......................................................................................... NORM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 70.06
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION


The ECAM’s VIB advisory (N1 ≥6 units, N2 ≥4.3 units) is mainly a guideline to induce the crew to monitor
engine parameters more closely
VIB detection alone does not require engine shutdown.
Note: 1. High engine vibrations may be accompanied by cockpit and cabin smoke, and/or the smell
of burning. This may be due only to compressor blade tip contact with associated abradable
seals.
2. High N1 vibrations are generally accompanied by perceivable airframe vibrations.
High N2 vibrations can occur without perceivable airframe vibrations.
 IF NO ICING CONDITIONS :
ENG PARAMETERS...................................................................................CHECK
Check engine parameters and especially EGT ; crosscheck with the other engine. Report in the
maintenance log.
 If rapid increase above the advisory :
THRUST LEVER (affected engine)..................................................... RETARD
Flight conditions permitting, reduce N1 to maintain the vibration level below the advisory threshold.
Note: If the VIB indication does not decrease following thrust reduction, this may indicate
other engine problems. Apply the adequate procedure.
 IF ICING CONDITIONS :

An increase in engine vibrations in icing conditions, with or without engine anti-ice, may be due to fan
blades and/or spinner icing.
A/THR............................................................................................................... OFF
ENGINE ANTI-ICE...................................................................................... CHECK
If ENG ANTI-ICE is off, switch it ON at idle fan speed, one engine after the other at an approximate
30 s interval.
THRUST LEVER (one engine at a time)............................... INCREASE THRUST
Increase thrust to a setting compatible with the flight phase. The VIB level will return to normal after ice
is shed, despite a slight increase during acceleration. Resume normal operation.
Note: When vibrations above the advisory level have been experienced during the flight, and if
possible, shut down the engine after landing, for taxiing.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

CIRCLING APPROACH WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE


LANDING WEIGHT.......................................................................................... CHECK
 if the aircraft weight is above the maximum weight for circling in CONF 3
(given in the table below):
The aircraft cannot maintain flight level with CONF 3 and the landing gear down.
FOR LDG............................................................................................USE FLAP 3
CONF 3 is preferred, to minimize a configuration change in short final.
GPWS LDG FLAP 3.......................................................................................... ON
Delay gear extension.
Note: ‐ If the approach is flown at less than 750 ft RA, the “L/G NOT DOWN” warning will be
triggered. The pilot can cancel the aural warning by pressing the EMER CANC pb,
located on the ECAM control panel.
‐ A ”TOO LOW GEAR” warning is to be expected, if the landing gear is not downlocked at
500 ft RA.
OAT AIRPORT ELEVATION (feet)
(°C) 0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000
0 77.0 76.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
5 77.0 76.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
10 77.0 76.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
15 77.0 76.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
20 77.0 76.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
25 77.0 75.0 69.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0 45.0
30 77.0 72.0 68.0 63.0 58.0 53.0 48.0
35 74.0 70.0 66.0 63.0 56.0 51.0
40 71.0 67.0 63.0 59.0
45 69.0 65.0 61.0
50 67.0 63.0
55 64.0
MAXIMUM WEIGHT FOR CIRCLING IN CONF 3 (1000 KG)

STRAIGHT-IN-APPROACH WITH
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
For performance reasons, do not extend flaps full until established on a final descent to landing.
If a level off is expected during the final approach, perform the approach and landing in CONF 3.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

BOMB ON BOARD
IF POSSIBLE, LAND AND EVACUATE THE AIRCRAFT IMMEDIATELY.
If it is not possible to land and evacuate the aircraft within 30 min, apply the following procedures :
COCKPIT PROCEDURES
BACKGROUND
To avoid the activation of an altitude-sensitive bomb, the cabin altitude should not exceed the value at
which the bomb has been discovered.
To reduce the effects of the explosion, the aircraft should fly as long as possible with approximately
1 PSI differential pressure, to help the blast go outwards. 1 PSI differential pressure corresponds to a
2 500 ft difference between the aircraft and the cabin altitude.
These conditions are achieved by using the manual pressure control.
PROCEDURE
The following procedure assumes that it is initiated during climb or cruise :
‐ First, maintain the cabin altitude.
‐ While maintaining the cabin altitude, descend the aircraft to the cabin altitude + 2 500 ft and
maintain delta P at 1 PSI .
‐ During further steps of descent, maintain delta P at 1 PSI .
‐ For landing, reduce the differential pressure to zero, until the final approach.
If flight conditions are different, the crew should adapt the procedure, bearing in mind the
above-mentioned principles (background paragraph).

AIRCRAFT (if climbing).......................................................................LEVEL OFF


CABIN PRESS MODE SEL............................................................................MAN
CAB ALT................................................................................................MAINTAIN
CABIN CREW............................................................................................NOTIFY
ATC/COMPANY OPERATIONS................................................................NOTIFY
FUEL RESERVES............................................................................. DETERMINE
Keep in mind that when flying at cabin altitude + 2 500 ft , the fuel consumption in CONF 1, with
landing gear down, will be about 2.1 times that consumed in clean configuration.
NEXT SUITABLE AIRPORT..............................................................DETERMINE
FCU SPEED SELECTION KNOB..............................................PULL AND TURN
Select the most appropriate speed, taking into account the time to destination, the fuel consumption
and the fact that low speed could reduce the consequences of possible structural damage, if the bomb
explodes.
DESCENT TO CAB ALT +2 500 FEET or MEA or minimum obstacle clearance
altitude......................................................................................................INITIATE
AVOID SHARP MANEUVERS
CAB ALT................................................................................................MAINTAIN

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.02A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)


 When at CAB ALT+ 2 500 ft:
1 PSI DELTA P................................................................................ MAINTAIN
GALLEY......................................................................................................OFF
 When the bomb is secured at the LRBL or cannot be moved:
EMER EXIT LT....................................................................................... ON
COMMERCIAL...................................................................................... OFF
FLAPS (fuel permitting)..................................................... AT LEAST CONF 1
For landing, use normal configuration.
LANDING GEAR (fuel permitting, except for flight over water)..............DOWN
 For any other steps of descent:
1 PSI DELTA P................................................................................ MAINTAIN
 During approach:
CABIN PRESS MODE SEL.................................................................... AUTO
 When aircraft on ground and stopped in a remote area (if possible) :
 If evacuation required:
EVACUATION................................................................................INITIATE
Avoid exits, and exiting on the same side as the bomb or near the bomb.
 If evacuation not required:
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)........................................ NOTIFY
1
CABIN PROCEDURES
If a suspect device is found in the cabin:
WARNING Do not cut or disconnect any wires and do not open or attempt to gain entry to
internal components of a closed or concealed suspect device. Any attempt may result
in an explosion. Booby-trapped closed devices have been used on aircraft in the
past.
WARNING Alternate locations must not be used without consulting with an aviation explosives
security specialist. Never take a suspect device to the flight deck.
CAUTION The least risk bomb location for aircraft structure and systems is center of the RH aft
cabin door.

EOD PERSONNEL ON BOARD...................................................................CHECK


Announce : ″Is there any EOD personnel on board ?″. By using the initials, only persons familiar with
EOD (Explosive Ordnance Disposal) will be made aware of the problem.
DO NOT OPEN THE BOMB
DO NOT CUT BOMB’S WIRES
SECURE BOMB AGAINST SLIPPING
PROTECT BOMB AGAINST SHOCKS
Secure in the attitude found and do not lift before having checked for an anti-lift ignition device.
PASSENGERS..............................................................LEAD AWAY FROM BOMB
Move passengers at least 4 seat rows away the bomb location. On full flights, it may be necessary to
double up passengers to achieve standoff from the suspect device.
Passengers near the bomb should protect their heads with pillows, blankets. All passengers must
remain seated with seatbelts on and, if possible, head below the top of the head rest.
Seat backs and tray tables must be in their full upright position.
Service items may need to be collected in order to secure tray tables.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.02B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)


PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICES................................................ SWITCH OFF
The cabin crews must command passengers to switch off all portable electronic devices.
BOMB.....................................................................CHECK NO ANTI-LIFT DEVICE
To check for an anti-lift switch or lever, slide a string or stiff card (such as the emergency information
card) under the bomb, without disturbing the bomb.
If the string or card cannot be slipped under the bomb, it may indicate that an anti-lift switch or lever is
present and that the bomb cannot be moved.
If a card is used and can be slid under the bomb, leave it under the bomb and move together with the
bomb.
If it is not possible to move the bomb, then it should be surrounded with a single thin sheet of plastic
(e.g. trash bag), then with wetted materials, and other blast attenuation materials such as seat cushions
and soft carry-on baggage. Move personnel as far away from the bomb location as possible.
EMERGENCY EQUIPMENTS...............................................REMOVE AND STOW
Emergency equipments (PBE, fire extinguisher, ...) located close to the LRBL must be removed and
stowed in alternate location.
GALLEY/IFE POWER.........................................................................................OFF
All galley and IFE equipments located close to the LRBL must be switched off.
 If the bomb can be moved:
RH AFT CABIN DOOR SLIDE............................................................... DISARM
LEAST RISK BOMB LOCATION (LRBL)............................................ PREPARE
Build up a platform of solid baggage against the door up to about 25 cm (10 in) below the middle of
the door.
On top of this, build up at least 25 cm (10 in) of wetted material such as blankets and pillows.
Place a single thin sheet of plastic (e.g. trash bag) on top of the wetted materials. This prevents any
possible short circuit.

CAUTION DO NOT OMIT THE PLASTIC SHEETS, AS THE SUSPECT


DEVICE COULD GET WET AND POSSIBLY SHORT CIRCUIT
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS CAUSING INADVERTENT
DEVICE ACTIVATION.
BOMB INDICATION LINE................................................................... POSITION
Note: A bomb location indicator line is a 6 ft to 8 ft (1.8 m to 2.4 m ) line (e.g. neckties,
headset cord, or belts connected together) preferably of constrating color, that helps the
responding bomb squad find the precise location of the suspect device within the LRBL
stack once constructed.
Position the bomb indication line from the location on the platform where you will place the suspect
device, EXTENDING outward into the aisle.
BOMB........................................................................................ MOVE TO LRBL
Carefully carry in the attitude found and place on top of the wetted materials in the same attitude and
as close to the door structure as possible.

CAUTION Ensure that the suspect device, when placed on the stack
against the door, is above the slide pack but not against the
door handle, and if possible, avoid placement in the view port.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.02C
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)


LEAST RISK BOMB LOCATION (LRBL)..........................................COMPLETE
Place an additional single thin sheet of plastic over the bomb.

CAUTION DO NOT OMIT THE PLASTIC SHEETS, AS THE SUSPECT


DEVICE COULD GET WET AND POSSIBLY SHORT CIRCUIT
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS CAUSING INADVERTENT
DEVICE ACTIVATION.
Build up at 25 cm (10 in ) of wetted material around the sides and on top of the bomb.
DO NOT PLACE ANYTHING BETWEEN THE BOMB AND THE DOOR, AND MINIMIZE AIRSPACE
AROUND THE BOMB.
The idea is to build up a protective surrounding of the bomb so that the explosive force is directed in
the only unprotected area into the door structure.
Fill the area around the bomb with seat cushions and other soft materials such as hand luggage
(saturated with water on any other nonflammable liquid) up to the cabin ceiling, compressing as
much as possible. Secure the LRBL stack in place using belt, ties or other appropriate materials.
The more material stacked around the bomb, the less the damage will be.
USE ONLY SOFT MATERIAL. AVOID USING MATERIALS CONTAINING ANY INFLAMMABLE
LIQUID AND ANY METAL OBJECTS WHICH COULD BECOME DANGEROUS PROJECTILES.
LRBL STACK

PASSENGERS.............................................................................MOVE/ADVISE
Move passengers at least 4 seat rows away from the least risk bomb location (RH aft cabin door).
On full flights, it may be necessary to double up passengers to achieve standoff from the suspect
device.
Passengers near the bomb should protect their heads with pillows, blankets. All passengers must
remain seated with seatbelts on and, if possible, head below the top of the head rest. Seat backs
and tray tables must be in their full upright position.
CABIN CREW............................................................ NOTIFY COCKPIT CREW
Cabin crew notify the flight crew that the bomb is secured at the LRBL.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.02D
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

BOMB ON BOARD (Cont'd)


EVACUATION/DISEMBARKATION.....................................................EXECUTE
Evacuate through normal and emergency exits on the opposite side of the ″bomb″ location. Do not
use the door just opposite the ″bomb″.
Use all available airport facilities to disembark without delay.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

DITCHING
This procedure applies when engines are running. If engines are not running, Refer to the QRH ABN 70
ENG DUAL FAILURE (with or without fuel remaining) procedure, which has been amended to include the
ditching procedure when the engines are not running.
PREPARATION
ATC/TRANSPONDER (if available)................................... NOTIFY/SELECT A7700
Notify ATC of the nature of the emergency encountered, and state intentions. Select transponder code
A7700, or transmit the distress message on: (VHF) 121.5 MHz or (HF) 2 182 kHz or 8 364 kHz.
CABIN and COCKPIT...............................................................................PREPARE
Loose equipment secured, survival equipment prepared, belts and shoulder harness locked.
GPWS SYS.........................................................................................................OFF
GPWS TERR...................................................................................................... OFF
SIGNS...................................................................................................................ON
EMER EXIT LT.....................................................................................................ON
COMMERCIAL....................................................................................................OFF
LDG ELEV.............................................................................................. SELECT 00
BARO.................................................................................................................. SET
Omit the normal approach and landing checklist.
CREW MASKS/OXY SUPPLY (below FL 100)..................................................OFF
APPROACH
L/G lever............................................................................................................... UP
SLATS and FLAPS.................................................................................MAX AVAIL
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CAB PRESS MODE SEL...................................................................CHECK AUTO
BLEED (ENGs and APU)................................................................................... OFF
CABIN................................................................................NOTIFY FOR DITCHING
DITCHING pushbutton......................................................................................... ON
Prefer ditching parallel to the swell. If that causes a strong crosswind, ditch into the wind.
In all cases, touch down with a pitch attitude of approximately 11 °. Minimize aircraft vertical speed.
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT.................................................................................. ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS..................................................................................................OFF
APU MASTERS SW...........................................................................................OFF
AFTER DITCHING
ATC (VHF 1).................................................................................................NOTIFY
FIRE pushbutton (ENG and APU)...................................................................PUSH
AGENTS (ENGs and APU)............................................................................ DISCH
EVACUATION............................................................................................. INITIATE
ELT..............................................................................................CHECK EMITTING
If not,switch ON the transmitter.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

FORCED LANDING
This procedure applies when engines are running. If engines are not running, Refer to the QRH ABN 70
ENG DUAL FAILURE (with or without fuel remaining) procedure, which has been amended to include the
forced landing procedure, when the engines are not running.
PREPARATION
ATC /TRANSPONDER (if available).................................. NOTIFY/SELECT A7700
Notify ATC of the nature of the emergency encountered, and state intentions.
If not in contact with ATC, select transponder code A7700, or transmit the distress message on: (VHF)
121.5 MHz or (HF) 2 182 kHz or 8 364 kHz .
CABIN and COCKPIT...............................................................................PREPARE
‐ Loose equipment secured
‐ Survival equipment prepared
‐ Belts and shoulder harness locked.
GPWS SYS.........................................................................................................OFF
GPWS TERR...................................................................................................... OFF
SIGNS...................................................................................................................ON
EMER EXIT LT.....................................................................................................ON
COMMERCIAL....................................................................................................OFF
LDG ELEV.......................................................................................................... SET
BARO.................................................................................................................. SET
Omit normal approach and landing checklist.
CREW MASKS/OXY SUPPLY (below FL 100)..................................................OFF
APPROACH
RAM AIR...............................................................................................................ON
L/G lever......................................................................................................... DOWN
SLATS AND FLAPS............................................................................... MAX AVAIL
GND SPLR.........................................................................................................ARM
MAX BRK PR............................................................................................ 1 000 PSI
AT 2 000 FT AGL
CABIN................................................................................. NOTIFY FOR LANDING
AT 500 FT AGL
BRACE FOR IMPACT.................................................................................. ORDER
AT TOUCHDOWN
ENG MASTERS..................................................................................................OFF
APU MASTER SW............................................................................................. OFF
BRAKES ON ACCU ONLY
AFTER LANDING
 When aircraft has stopped:
PARKING BRK................................................................................................ON
ATC (VHF 1)........................................................................................... NOTIFY
FIRE pushbutton (ENG and APU)..............................................................PUSH
AGENTS (ENG and APU).........................................................................DISCH
 If Evacuation required:
EVACUATION...................................................................................INITIATE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.04A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

FORCED LANDING (Cont'd)


ELT................................................................................... CHECK EMITTING
If not, switch on the transmitter.
 If Evacuation not required:
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)........................................... NOTIFY

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.05
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

EMER DESCENT
IMMEDIATE ACTION
CREW OXY MASKS............................................................................................ ON
EMER DESCENT...........................................................................ANNOUNCE(PA)
The flight crew should inform the cabin of emergency descent on the PA system.
SIGNS...................................................................................................................ON
EMER DESCENT........................................................................................INITIATE
The recommendation is to descend with the AP engaged :
‐ Turn the ALT selector knob and pull
‐ Turn the HDG selector knob and pull
‐ Adjust the target SPD/MACH.
THR LEVERS(if A/THR not engaged)...............................................................IDLE
‐ If autothrust is engaged, check that THR IDLE is displayed on the FMA.
‐ If not engaged, retard the thrust levers.
SPD BRK.......................................................................................................... FULL
Extension of the speedbrakes will significantly increase Vls.
To avoid AP disconnection and automatic retraction of the speedbrakes, due to possible activation of
Angle-of-Attack protection, allow the speed to increase before starting to use the speedbrakes.
WHEN DESCENT ESTABLISHED
EMER DESCENT FL100, or minimum allowable altitude.
SPEED.....................................................................................MAX/APPROPRIATE
CAUTION Descend at the maximum appropriate speed. If structural damage
is suspected, use the flight controls with care and reduce speed as
appropriate.
Landing gear may be extended below 25 000 ft. In such a case, speed must be reduced to VLO/VLE.
Note: The recommendation is to descend with the autopilot engaged.
Use of the autopilot is also permitted in EXPEDITE mode  .
ENG MODE SEL.................................................................................................IGN
ATC............................................................................................................... NOTIFY
Notify ATC of the nature of the emergency, and state intention. If not in contact with ATC, transmit
a distress massage on one of the following frequencies: (VHF) 121.5 MHz, or (HF) 2 182 kHz, or
8 364 kHz.
ATC XPDR 7700.....................................................................................CONSIDER
Squawk 7700 unless otherwise specified by ATC.
To save oxygen, set the oxygen diluter selector to the N position. If the oxygen diluter selector remains
at 100 %, the quantity of oxygen may not be sufficient for the entire emergency descent profile.
MAX FL....................................................................................................... 100/MEA
 IF CAB ALT > 14 000 ft:
PAX OXY MASKS................................................................................. MAN ON
This action confirms that the passenger oxygen masks are released.
Note: Notify the cabin crew when the aircraft reaches a safe flight level, and when cabin oxygen
is no more necessary.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.06
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

OVERWEIGHT LANDING
LDG CONF.......................................................................................... AS REQUIRED
Use the ECAM flap setting, if required for abnormal operations. In all other cases :
‐ FULL is preferred for optimized landing performance
‐ If the aircraft weight is above the maximum weight for go-around (given in the table below), use FLAP 3
for landing.
In all cases, if landing configuration is different from FLAP FULL, use 1+F for go-around.
Note: For weights greater than 70 000 kg (or 154 000 lb), S speed is greater than VFE CONF
2 (200 kt). Consequently, on the FCU, the crew must select a speed below 200 kt before
setting FLAPS 2. When in FLAPS 2, the crew can use managed speed again.

LDG DIST.........................................................................................................CHECK
PACK 1 and 2.......................................................................OFF or supplied by APU
Selecting packs OFF (or supplied from APU) will increase the maximum thrust available from the engines
in the event of a go-around.
 In the final approach stages
TARGET SPEED.............................................................................................. VLS
Reduce the selected speed on the FCU to reach VLS at runway threshold.
Touch down as smoothly as possible (Maximum V/S at touchdown 360 ft/min).
 At main landing gear touchdown
REVERSE THRUST........................................................... USE MAX AVAILABLE
 After nosewheel touchdown
BRAKES..........................................................................APPLY AS NECESSARY
Maximum braking may be used after nose wheel touchdown. But, if landing distance permits, delay or
reduce braking to fully benefit from the available runway length.
 Landing complete
BRAKE FANS  .............................................................................................. ON
Be prepared for tire deflation, if temperatures exceed 800 °C.
MAXIMUM WEIGHT FOR GO AROUND IN CONF 3 (1 000 kg)
OAT °C AIRPORT ELEVATION (FT)
0 2 000 4 000 6 000 8 000 10 000 12 000 14 000
<10 85 83 84 81 77 71 66 61
15 85 83 83 81 77 70 64 57
20 85 83 83 81 75 67 61 55
25 85 83 83 79 72 64 58
30 84 83 81 77 69
35 84 83 79 73 66
40 84 81 75 69
45 82 76 70
50 78 72
55

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.07
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

STALL RECOVERY
As soon as any stall indication (could be aural warning, buffet...) is recognized, apply the immediate
actions:
NOSE DOWN PITCH CONTROL..................................................................... APPLY
This will reduce angle of attack
Note: In case of lack of pitch down authority, reducing thrust may be necessary.
BANK....................................................................................................WINGS LEVEL
 When out of stall (no longer stall indications) :
THRUST.....................................................INCREASE SMOOTHLY AS NEEDED
Note: In case of one engine inoperative, progressively compensate the thrust asymmetry with
rudder.
SPEEDBRAKES...................................................................CHECK RETRACTED
FLIGHT PATH.................................................................. RECOVER SMOOTHLY
 If in clean configuration and below 20 000 ft:
FLAP 1..................................................................................................SELECT
Note: If a risk of ground contact exists, once clearly out of stall (no longer stall indications),
establish smoothly a positive climb gradient.

STALL WARNING AT LIFT-OFF


Spurious stall warning may sound in NORMAL law, if an angle of attack probe is damaged. In this case,
apply immediately the following actions:
THRUST..............................................................................................................TOGA
At the same time:
PITCH ATTITUDE..................................................................................................15 °
BANK....................................................................................................WINGS LEVEL
Note: When a safe flight path and speed are achieved and maintained, if stall warning continues,
consider it as spurious.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.08
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

TAILSTRIKE
In the event of a tailstrike, apply the following procedure:

LAND ASAP
MAX FL..................................................................................................... 100 or MSA
500 ft/min should be targeted for the climb, to minimize pressure changes, and for passenger and crew
comfort. Similarly, the rate of descent must be limited to about 1 000 ft/min , except for the final approach
that must be performed normally.
Notify the ATC of the aircraft’s rate of climb.
RAM AIR..................................................................................................................ON
PACK 1 and 2....................................................................................................... OFF

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.09
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER


 If the aircraft enters a volcanic ash cloud:
180 ° TURN.............................................................................................. INITIATE
ATC.............................................................................................................NOTIFY
A/THR............................................................................................................... OFF
THRUST (conditions permitting)...............................................................REDUCE
CREW OXYGEN MASKS............................................................ON/100 %/EMER
CABIN CREW.............................................................................................NOTIFY
PASSENGER OXYGEN..........................................................................AS RQRD
ENG ANTI ICE................................................................................................... ON
WING ANTI ICE................................................................................................. ON
PACK FLOW........................................................................................................ HI
Note: If CARGO VENTILATION system is installed, it is recommended to switch off the CARGO
ISOL VALVES, to prevent a cargo smoke warning being triggered.
APU.............................................................................................................. START
ENGINE PARAMETERS........................................................................ MONITOR
AIRSPEED INDICATIONS......................................................................MONITOR
If airspeed is unreliable or lost,Refer to QRH ABN 34 Unreliable Speed Indication/ADR Check Proc
procedure.
Note: If all engines flame out and speed indications are lost,Refer to QRH ABN 70 DUAL ENGINE
FAILURE procedure, to get the required pitch attitude for the optimum relight speed.
In case of engine failure, switch off the wing anti ice before engine restart.
Note: If sufficient visibility is not granted for approach due to windshield/window damage, consider
AUTOLAND. If AUTOLAND is not available, consider opening the sliding window on the
PF's side (maximum speed 200 kt), after cabin depressurization.
To manually depressurize the cabin:
CAB PRESS MODE SEL.................................................................. MAN
MAN V/S CTL............................................................................. FULL UP
Due to the increased noise level, pay particular attention to visual warnings.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.10
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

WINDSHEAR
A red flag “WINDSHEAR” is displayed on each PFD associated with an aural synthetic voice
“WINDSHEAR” repeated three times.
If windshear is detected by pilot observation, apply the following recovery technique:
2
 At takeoff
 If before V1

The takeoff should be rejected only if significant airspeed variations occur below indicated V1 and
the pilot decides that there is sufficient runway remaining to stop the airplane.
 If after V1
THR LEVERS...........................................................................................TOGA
REACHING VR.................................................................................... ROTATE
SRS ORDERS.....................................................................................FOLLOW
If necessary, the flight crew may pull the sidestick fully back.
Note: 1. Autopilot disengages if the angle of attack value goes above α prot.
2. If the FD bars are not displayed, move toward an initial pitch attitude of 17.5 °. Then,
if necessary, to prevent a loss in altitude, increase the pitch attitude.
 Airborne, initial climb or landing
THR LEVERS AT TOGA..........................................................SET OR CONFIRM
AP (if engaged)..............................................................................................KEEP
SRS ORDERS..........................................................................................FOLLOW
If necessary, the flight crew may pull the sidestick fully back.
Note: 1. Autopilot disengages if the angle of attack value goes above α prot.
2. If the FD bars are not displayed, move toward an initial pitch attitude of 17.5 °. Then, if
 
necessary, to prevent a loss in altitude, increase the pitch attitude.
DO NOT CHANGE CONFIGURATION (SLATS/FLAPS, GEAR) UNTIL OUT OF
SHEAR.
CLOSELY MONITOR FLIGHT PATH AND SPEED.
RECOVER SMOOTHLY TO NORMAL CLIMB OUT OF SHEAR.

WINDSHEAR AHEAD
The “W/S AHEAD” message is displayed on each PFD. The color of the message depends on the severity
and location of the windshear.
Note: When a predictive windshear alert (″WINDSHEAR AHEAD″ or "GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD") is triggered, if the flight crew makes a positive verification that no hazard exists, then
the alert may be disregarded, as long as:
‐ There are no other signs of possible windshear conditions, and
‐ The reactive windshear system is operational.
Known cases of spurious predictive windshear alerts have been reported at some airports,
during either takeoff or landing, due to the specific obstacle environment. However, always
rely on any reactive windshear (″WINDSHEAR″).
3
W/S AHEAD RED
 Takeoff

Associated with an aural synthetic voice “WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD”.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.10A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

WINDSHEAR AHEAD (Cont'd)


 Before takeoff
Delay takeoff, or select the most favorable runway.
 During the takeoff run
Reject takeoff.
Note: Predictive windshear alerts are inhibited above 100 kts until 50 ft.
 When airborne
THR LEVERS........................................................................................TOGA
As usual, the slat/flap configuration can be changed, provided the windshear is not entered.
SRS ORDERS..................................................................................FOLLOW
If necessary, the flight crew may pull the sidestick fully back.
Note: 1. Autopilot disengages if the angle of attack value goes above α prot.
2. If the FD are not displayed, move toward an initial pitch attitude of 17.5 °. Then, if
necessary, to prevent a loss in altitude, increase the pitch attitude.
 

 Landing

Associated with an aural synthetic voice “GO AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD”.


GO AROUND......................................................................................PERFORM
If necessary, the flight crew may pull the sidestick fully back.
Note: 1. Autopilot disengages if the angle of attack value goes above α prot.
2. If the FD are not displayed, move toward an initial pitch attitude of 17.5 °. Then, if
necessary, to prevent a loss in altitude, increase the pitch attitude.
4
W/S AHEAD AMBER
Apply precautionary measures, as indicated below:
 Before TAKEOFF
Delay takeoff until conditions improve.
Evaluate takeoff conditions:
• Using observations and experience,
• Checking weather conditions.
Select the most favorable runway (considering location of the likely windshear).
Use the weather radar or the predictive windshear system before commencing
takeoff to ensure that the flight path clears any potential problem areas.
Select TOGA thrust.
Monitor closely airspeed and airspeed trend during the takeoff run for early
signs of windshear.
 During Approach
Delay landing or divert to another airport until conditions are more favorable.
Evaluate condition for a safe landing by:
• Using observations and experience,
• Checking weather conditions.
Use the weather radar.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.10B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

WINDSHEAR AHEAD (Cont'd)


Select the most favorable runway, considering also which has the most
appropriate approach aid.
Select FLAPS 3.
Use managed speed in the approach phase.
Check both FDs engaged in ILS, FPA or V/S.
Engage the autopilot, for a more accurate approach and earlier recognition of
deviation from the beam, when ILS is available.
Note: ‐ When using the GS mini-function, associated with managed speed,
the system will carry extra speed in strong wind conditions.
‐ In case of strong or gusty crosswind greater than 20 kt, Refer to
FPE-IFL-VAP VAPP Determination without Failure.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.11
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

WINDSHIELD/WINDOW ARCING
Affected WINDOW/WINDSHIELD ANTI ICE C/B................................................ PULL
Pull the circuit breaker of the affected window/windshield heating system, in case of :
‐ Electrical arcing of the cockpit windshield/window, or
‐ Burning smell or smoke identified as coming from the bottom right corner of CAPT windshield or bottom
left corner of the F/O windshield.
On the rear C/B panel :
• ANTI ICE L WSHLD C/B AF10 (123VU)
• ANTI ICE R WSHLD C/B AF03 (123VU)
• ANTI ICE/WINDOWS L C/B X14 (122VU)
• ANTI ICE/WINDOWS R C/B W14 (122VU)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.12
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

WINDSHIELD/WINDOW CRACKED
DIAGNOSIS OF INNER PLY......................................................................PERFORM
Touch the cracks with a pen (or carefully with fingernail) to determine if there is a crack on the cockpit side.
 If no crack on cockpit side:
No limitation
The inner ply is not affected. Therefore, the window/windshield is still able to sustain the maximum
differential pressure at the current flight level.
 If cracks on cockpit side:
MAX FL..................................................................................................... 230/MEA
The inner ply is affected. The flight crew is not able to easily determine if other plies are affected.
Descend to FL 230/MEA and reduce differential pressure to 5 PSI .
Note: The maximum flight level is restricted to FL 230/MEA to obtain ΔP 5 PSI , without resulting
in an excessive cabin altitude and an EXCESS CAB ALT warning.
The following procedure enables maintaining ΔP 5 PSI in manual cabin pressure mode.
CAB PRESS MODE SEL................................................................................ MAN
MAN V/S CTL......................................................................................... AS RQRD
Disregard the CAB ALT TARGET table displayed on the ECAM and set the cabin altitude according to
the table below:
ΔP = 5 PSI FL 100 150 200 230
CABIN ALTITUDE 0 3 000 6 000 8 000

 When starting the descent for approach:


CAB PRESS MODE SEL......................................................................... AUTO
Note: If all front facing windows are affected and if sufficient visibility is not granted for approach,
consider AUTOLAND. If AUTOLAND is not available, consider opening the sliding window
(maximum speed 200 kt) on the PF’s side, after cabin depressurization. To manually
depressurize the cabin:
CAB PRESS MODE SEL....................................................................... MAN
MAN V/S CTL.................................................................................. FULL UP
Due to the increased noise level, pay particular attention to visual warnings.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.13
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

ECAM ADVISORY CONDITIONS


SYSTEM CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED ACTION
CAB VERTICAL SPEED CPC changeover is recommended: MODE SEL (MAN)
V/S > 1 800 ft/min Wait 10 s, then: MODE SEL (AUTO)
CAB ALTITUDE MODE SEL (MAN)
CAB PRESS altitude ≥ 8 800 ft Manual pressure control
CAB DIFF PRESS LDG ELEV (ADJUST)
ΔP ≥ 1.5 PSI in phase 7 If unsuccessful: MODE SEL (MAN)
Manual pressure control
IDG OIL TEMP ≥ 147 °C Reduce IDG load, if possible (GALLEY or GEN OFF).
If required, restore when the temperature has dropped.
ELEC
Restrict generator use to a short time, if the temperature rises again
excessively.
Difference between wing fuel quantities FUEL MANAGEMENT (CHECK)
greater than 1 500 kg (3 307 lb) If a fuel leak is suspected, Refer to FUEL LEAK procedure.
Fuel temp greater than 45 °C in inner cell, GALLEY (OFF)
FUEL
or 55 °C in outer cell
Fuel temp lower than -40 °C in inner or Consider descending to a lower altitude and/or increasing Mach to
outer cell increase TAT.
OXY Cockpit oxygen bottle pressure < 600 PSI. If mask is not being used, check if it is correctly stowed.
EGT > EGT MAX -33 °C
(inhibited during APU start)
APU
OIL QTY If there is no oil leak, then the remaining oil quantity allows normal
(message LOW OIL LEVEL pulsing) APU operation for about 10 h.
OIL PRESS
‐ If oil pressure is between 16 PSI and 13 PSI (advisory), continue
P < 16 PSI
normal operation.
‐ If oil pressure is below 13 PSI (red indication), without the ENG
OIL LO PR warning, continue normal engine operation (it can be
assumed that the oil pressure transducer is faulty).
In both cases, monitor other engine parameters, especially oil
temperature and quantity.
OIL PRESS Closely monitor other engine parameters for symptoms of engine
P > 90 PSI malfunction.
If high oil pressure is not accompanied by other abnormal indications,
operate the engine normally for the remainder of the flight.
Record high oil pressure, and corresponding N2 readings, for
maintenance action.
OIL TEMP An oil temperature increase during normal steady-state operations
T > 140 °C indicates a system malfunction, and should be closely monitored for
other symptoms of engine malfunction.
Note: If the OIL TEMP increase follows thrust reduction,
ENG increasing thrust may reduce oil temperature.
In addition, an oil temperature increase could be related to the IDG oil
cooling system. To reduce oil temperature increases before limits are
reached, the following is recommended:
1. Low Speed- Increase engine speed to increase fuel flow, and
thereby cool IDG oil.
2. High Speed- Reduce generator load, or turn off generator. If oil
temperature continues to rise, mechanically disconnect IDG.
OIL QTY If oil quantity is low at a high power setting, expect level increase
< 3 qt after power reduction.
NAC TEMP ≥ 240 °C Monitor engine parameters and crosscheck with other engine.
VIBRATION Refer to HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION procedure (Refer to ABN-70
N1 ≥ 6 units HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION).
N2 ≥ 4.3 units
Note: The advisory threshold may be decreased by a MCDU
procedure at the level of vibration reached during the last
flight.
If this function has been activated, the N1 and N2 VIB
indication will respectively pulse below 6 and 4.3.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.14
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

TRIPPED C/B RE-ENGAGEMENT


In flight, do not reengage a circuit breaker (C/B) that has tripped by itself, unless the Captain judges it
necessary to do so for the safe continuation of the flight. This procedure should be adopted only as a last
resort, and only one reengagement should be attempted.
On ground, do not reengage the C/B of the fuel pump(s) of any tank. For all other C/Bs, if the flight crew
coordinates the action with maintenance, the flight crew may reengage a tripped C/B, provided that the
cause of the tripped C/B is identified.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.15
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

COMPUTER RESET
When a digital computer behaves abnormally, as a result of an electrical transient, for example, the Operator
can stop the abnormal behavior by briefly interrupting the power supply to its processor.
The flight crew can reset most of the computers in this aircraft with a normal cockpit control (selector or
pushbutton). However, for some systems, the only way to cut off electrical power is to pull the associated
circuit breaker.
To perform a computer reset:
‐ Select the related normal cockpit control OFF, or pull the corresponding circuit breaker.
‐ Wait 3 s if a normal cockpit control is used, or 5 s if a circuit breaker is used (unless a different time is
indicated)
‐ Select the related normal cockpit control ON, or push the corresponding circuit breaker
‐ Wait 3 s for the end of the reset.
WARNING Do not reset more than one computer at the same time, unless instructed to do so.
Note: In flight, before taking any action on the cockpit C/Bs, both the PF and PNF must :
‐ Consider and fully understand the consequences of taking action
‐ Crosscheck and ensure that the C/B label corresponds to the affected system.

The computers most prone to reset are listed in the table below, along with the associated reset procedure.
Specific reset procedures included in OEB or TDUs are not referenced in this table and, when issued,
supersede this table.
‐ On ground, almost all computers can be reset and are not limited to the ones indicated in the table.
The following computers are not allowed to be reset in specific circumstances:
• ECU (Engine Control Unit on CFM engines), or EEC (Electronic Engine Control on IAE engines), and
EIU (Engine Interface Unit) while the engine is running.
• BSCU (Brake Steering Control Unit), if the aircraft is not stopped.
‐ In flight, as a general rule, the crew must restrict computer resets to those listed in the table, or to those in
applicable TDUs or OEBs. Before taking any action on other computers, the flight crew must consider and
fully understand the consequences.
CAUTION Do not pull the following circuit breakers:
‐ SFCC (could lead to SLATS/FLAPS locked).
‐ ECU or EEC, EIU.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

COMPUTER RESET TABLE


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT AEVC
On ground only:
21 ‐ Pull C/B Y 17 on 122VU
‐ Wait 1 s before pushing the C/B.
VENT AVNCS SYS FAULT AEVC
On ground only:
‐ Pull C/B Y 17 on 122VU
‐ Wait 1 s before pushing the C/B.
AIR PACK 1(2) REGUL ACSC
On ground only:
21 FAULT
‐ Pull C/B W21 and W22 on 122VU
‐ Pull C/B X21 and X22 on 122VU
‐ Pull C/B Y18, Y20 and Y21 on 122VU
‐ Pull C/B D8 on 49VU
‐ Wait 5 s before pushing all the C/Bs.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16A
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
AUTO FLT FCU 1(2) FCU
In flight:
FAULT
‐ Pull the C/B B05 on 49VU for FCU1, or M21 on
121VU for FCU2.
‐ Push it after 5 s.
‐ CHECK the displayed targets and the barometer
reference, and correct them if necessary.
On ground:
‐ Pull the C/B B05 on 49VU for FCU1, or M21 on
121VU for FCU2.
‐ Push it after 5 s.
22 ‐ If FCU1(2) FAULT disappears, CHECK the
displayed targets and barometer reference, and
correct them if necessary (RESET successful)
‐ If FCU1(2) FAULT remains, pull both C/B B05 on
49VU and M21 on 121VU
‐ Push them after 7 min, with a delay of less than
5 s between side 1 and 2
‐ Wait at least 30 s for FCU1 and FCU2 safety
tests completion
‐ CHECK the displayed targets and barometer
reference, and correct them if necessary (RESET
successful)
AUTO FLT FCU 1+2 FAULT FCU
In flight:
‐ Pull the C/B B05 on 49VU for FCU1, and then
M21 on 121VU for FCU2.
‐ Push them after 5 s.
‐ CHECK the displayed targets and the barometer
reference, and correct them if necessary.
On ground:
‐ Pull the C/B B05 on 49VU for FCU1, and then
M21 on 121VU for FCU2.
‐ Push them after 5 s
‐ If FCU 1+2 FAULT disappears, CHECK the
displayed targets and barometer reference, and
22 correct them if necessary (RESET successful)
‐ If FCU 1+2 FAULT remains, pull again both C/B
B05 on 49VU and M21 on 121VU
‐ Push them after 7 min, with a delay of less than
5 s between side 1 and 2
‐ Wait for at least 30 s for FCU1 and FCU2 safety
tests completion
‐ CHECK the displayed targets and barometer
reference, and correct them if necessary (RESET
successful)
FCU targets are synchronized on current aircraft
values, and displayed as selected targets.
‐ RE-ENTER the barometer altimeter setting value,
if necessary.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16B
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
WINDSHEAR DET FAULT FAC 1+2
On ground only:
or REAC W/S DET FAULT
 The Flight Crew could cancel these alerts by
resetting both FACs, one after the other
‐ Pull the C/Bs B03 and B04 on 49VU and push
them after 5 s
‐ Pull the C/Bs M18 and M19 on 121VU and push
them after 5 s
One MCDU locked, or blank MCDU
On ground, or in fligth:
‐ Pull the CB for the locked or blanck MCDU and
push it back after 10 s. The circuit breakers for
the MCDU's are:
• AUTO FLT/MCDU 1 B1 ON 49 VU (Overhead
Panel)
• AUTO FLT/MCDU 2 N20 ON 121 VU (Right
Rear Maintenance Panel)
• AUTO FLT/MCDU 3 N21 ON 121 VU (Right
Rear Maintenance Panel) 

Both MCDU locked, or FMGC


On ground:
blank
FMGC malfunction FMGC ‐ Apply external power or APU generator power
‐ Wait 2 min before resetting the FMGC circuit
breakers
‐ FD 1(or 2) (OFF)
‐ Pull the CB of the affected FMGC and reset it
after 5 s. The circuit breakers for the FMGC's are:
22
• AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 B2 ON 49 VU (Overhead
Panel)
• AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 M17 ON 121 VU (Right
Rear Maintenance Panel)

CAUTION Always wait 1 min after the


"PLEASE WAIT" message
disappears from the MCDU,
before engaging or reengaging
the FDs and the AP of the reset
FMGC.
In flight:
‐ FD 1(or 2) (OFF)
‐ Pull the CB of the affected FMGC and reset it
after 5 s. The circuit breakers for the FMGC's are:
• AUTO FLT/FMGC 1 B2 ON 49 VU (Overhead
Panel)
• AUTO FLT/FMGC 2 M17 ON 121 VU (Right
Rear Maintenance Panel)

CAUTION Always wait 1 min after the


"PLEASE WAIT" message
disappears from the MCDU,
before engaging or reengaging
the FDs and the AP of the reset
FMGC.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16C
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT CIDS
Confirm if spurious:
and/or Loss of Passenger
Address and/or Loss of ‐ Check PA function
Cabin Interphone ‐ Check Cabin Interphone function
‐ Check Cabin Lighting function
If spurious, reset the CIDS when aircraft is self
powered (APU or engine).
On ground or in flight:
‐ Pull the C/Bs in the following order:
P13  and P14  on 121VU,
G01 and G02 on 49VU,
M05 and, M06 on 121VU.
‐ Wait 10 s, then
‐ Push the C/B in the following order:
M05, M06, G01, G02, P13  , P14  .
‐ After CIDS reset, wait approximately 4 min before
23 recovering normal operation.
Uncommanded EVAC horn CIDS
On ground, or in flight:
activation
Press the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pb. Set the
EVAC CAPT & PURS CAPT sw to the CAPT only
position. Wait for 3 s.
• IF UNSUCCESSFUL:
‐ Pull the C/Bs for DIR2 in the following order:
G02 on 49VU, M06 on 121VU.
• IF UNSUCCESSFUL:
‐ Pull the C/Bs for DIR1 in the following
order: G01 on 49VU, M05 on 121VU.
‐ Wait for 1 min, then:
‐ Push the C/Bs for DIR2 in the following
order: M06, G02.
‐ After CIDS reset, wait approximately 4 min,
before recovering normal operation.
Frozen RMP RMP
On ground, or in flight:
The flight crew must reset all the RMPs one after the
other via the RMP control panel:
‐ Set RMP ON/OFF sw to OFF position,
‐ Wait 5 s,
‐ Set RMP ON/OFF sw to ON position.
23
FAP freezing FAP
On ground, or in flight:
‐ Pull the C/Bs in the following order:
H01 on 49VU, Q14 on 121VU.
‐ Wait 10 s, then:
‐ Push the C/Bs in the following order:
Q14, H01.
GPU cannot be connected GAPCU
On ground only:
to the aircraft
The GPU cannot be connected to the electrical
network of the aircraft (AVAIL light is OFF):
• If at least one power source (IDG 1 or 2, APU
GEN or batteries) is connected to the electrical
network of the aircraft.
24 ‐ Reset the EXT PWR pb on 35VU (Press and
release)
• If no power source is connected to the electrical
network of the aircraft.
‐ Set the BAT 1 pb-sw and BAT 2 pb-sw to
AUTO.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16D
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
SMOKE DET FAULT CIDS-SDF
On ground or in flight:
Apply the following actions in the presented order:
‐ Pull the C/Bs C05 and C06 on 49VU, T17 and
T18 on 122VU.
‐ Wait 5 s, then
‐ Push simultaneously the C/Bs C05 and C06 on
49VU
‐ Within 2 s push simultaneously the C/Bs T17 and
T18 on 122VU.
SMOKE LAVATORY DET CIDS or CIDS-SDF
On ground or in flight:
FAULT with all lavatories
declared inoperative on the Apply the following actions in the presented order:
FAP ‐ Pull the C/Bs P13 and P14  on 121VU,
G01 and G02 on 49VU, M05 or M06 or M07 on
121VU.
‐ Wait 5 s, then
‐ Push the C/Bs in the following order: M05 or M06
and M06 or M07 on 121VU, G01 and G02 on
49VU, P13 and P14  ; on 121VU.
26
If unsuccessful, on ground only:
Apply the following actions in the presented order:
‐ Pull the C/Bs C06 and C05 on 49VU, T17 and
T18 on 122VU.
‐ Wait 5 s, then
‐ Push simultaneously the C/Bs C05 and C06 on
49VU
‐ Within 2 s push simultaneously the C/Bs T17 and
T18 on 122VU.
SMOKE FWD (AFT) CIDS-SDF
On ground:
CARGO DET FAULT
SMOKE FWD (AFT) CRG Apply the following actions in the presented order:
1 / 2 BTL FAULT ‐ Pull the C/Bs C05 and C06 on 49VU, T17 and
T18 on 122VU.
‐ Wait 5 s, then
‐ Push simultaneously the C/Bs C05 and C06 on
49VU
‐ Within 2 s push simultaneously the C/Bs T17 and
T18 on 122VU.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16E
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
F/CTL ELAC 1(2) FAULT ELAC
On ground, or in flight
(one or both computer
failed) ‐ Set ELAC 1(2) pb to OFF
‐ Wait 3 s,
‐ Set ELAC 1(2) pb to ON
WARNING Do not reset ELAC, if
uncommanded maneuvers
occurred during flight.
Do not reset more than one
computer at a time.
Note:
‐ When an ELAC reset is performed on ground, the
crew must check the pitch trim position.
‐ If a reset is performed on ground, the flight crew
must then perform a flight controls check.
ELAC or SEC malfunction ELAC or SEC ELAC or SEC may be reset.
27
WARNING Do not reset more than one
computer at a time.
‐ It is possible to reset the flight
control computers in flight,
even if not requested by the
ECAM, provided only one
reset is performed at a time:
For the ELAC only, in case
of uncommanded maneuvers
during the flight, the reset is
not recommended.
Note:
‐ When an ELAC reset is performed on ground, the
crew must check the pitch trim position.
‐ If a reset is performed on ground, the flight crew
must then perform a flight controls check.
27 F/CTL SPLR FAULT SEC
On ground
triggered on ground after
the flight control check. ‐ All the three SEC may be reset
‐ A flight control check must be performed after the
reset
‐ If the ECAM triggers again the F/CTL SPLR
FAULT, maintenance action is due.
WARNING Do not reset more than one
computer at a time.

Loss of fuel quantity FQIC


On ground, or in flight:
indication or Simultaneous
triggering of FUEL L XFR ‐ Pull the 3 C/B:
VALVE CLOSED and FUEL • Channel 1 (A13 on 49VU)
R XFR VALVE CLOSED, • Channel 2 (M27 on 121VU)
28 • Channel 1 and 2 (L26 on 121VU)
although FUEL SD indicates
no anomaly. ‐ Wait 5 s, before pushing the 3 C/B.
Note: The fuel quantity indication will be
re-established within 1 min.
FWS FWC 1(2) FAULT FWC
On ground:
Pull, then push, the C/B of the affected FWC:
‐ FWC 1 (F01 on 49VU)
‐ FWC 2.(Q7 on 121VU)
31 Wait 50 s after pushing the C/Bs.
In flight:
Pull, then push, the C/B of the affected FWC:
‐ FWC 1 (F01 on 49VU)
‐ FWC 2 (Q7 on 121VU)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16F
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
5 BRAKES SYS 1(2) FAULT BSCU
On ground:
or
BRAKES BSCU CH 1(2) ‐ STOP aircraft,
FAULT ‐ Set PARK BRK handle to ON,
‐ Confirm that towing bar is disconnected,
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF,
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to ON,
‐ If unsuccessful:
‐ Pull C/Bs M33 and M34 on 121VU for BSCU
channel 1,
‐ Pull C/Bs M36 and M35 on 121VU for BSCU
channel 2,
‐ Push C/Bs.
After a successful reset, continue the flight.
Note: After any BSCU reset:
1. Check brake efficiency,
 
2. Record BSCU reset in the logbook.
In Flight:
Before landing gear extension:
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF,
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to ON,
‐ If required, rearm the autobrake.
Note: After any BSCU reset:
 
‐ Record BSCU reset in the logbook.
WHEEL N.W STEER BSCU
On ground only:
FAULT
32 or ‐ STOP aircraft,
WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT ‐ Set PARK BRK handle to ON,
‐ Confirm that towing bar is disconnected,
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to OFF,
‐ Set A/SKID & N/W STRG sw to ON.
In the case of a WHEEL N/W STRG FAULT, the
flight crew may attempt a BSCU reset. However,
even if the BSCU reset is successful, the flight crew
must return to the gate for troubleshooting. The taxi
speed must not exceed 10 kt.
Note: After any BSCU reset:
1. Check brake efficiency,
2. Record the BSCU reset in the
 
logbook.
L/G LGCIU 1(2) FAULT LGCIU 1(2)
On ground only:
The flight crew must depressurize the green
hydraulic system before resetting the LGCIU.
‐ ENG 1 PUMP: OFF,
‐ PTU: OFF.
When there is no green hydraulic pressure:
‐ To reset LGCIU 1:
• Pull C/B Q34 on 121VU, then C09 on 49VU,
• Wait for 15 s , then push the C/Bs;
‐ To reset LGCIU 2:
• Pull C/B Q35 on 121VU,
• Wait for 15 s , then push the C/B.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.16G
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Continued from the previous page


System malfunction or
ATA Affected System Reset
ECAM Warning/Caution
NAV TCAS FAULT TCAS
On ground only:
‐ Pull C/B K10 on 121VU.
‐ Wait 5 s, then push the C/B.
ISIS malfunction ISIS
On ground only:
With aircraft not moving:
‐ Pull C/B F12 on 49VU,
‐ Wait 5 s, then push the C/B,
34
‐ Normal operation is expected after approximately
2 min.
Note: In the case of small aircraft motion during
the C/B reset (refueling, cargo loading
conditions, etc.), the ATT red flag may
appear on the ISIS. In this case, press
the RST P/B for 2 s, and wait 2 min to
recover normal operation.
ATSU Malfunction ATSU An ATSU reset should be attempted, if: key
selection has no effect on any of the MCDU ATSU
DATALINK submenus.
On ground, or in flight:
46 ‐ Pull the C/Bs in the following order:
L16, L15 on 121VU
‐ Wait 5 s, then:
‐ Push the C/Bs in the following order:
L15, L16.
ENG 1(2) FADEC FADEC
On ground only:
A(B) FAULT
If this alert triggers at engine start, apply the
following procedure:
‐ Set ENG MASTER (affected) pb-sw to OFF
After N2 speed below 5 %:
70 ‐ Pull C/B A04 or A05 on 49VU for ENG 1(2)
FADEC channel A
‐ Pull C/B R41 or Q40 on 120VU for ENG 1(2)
FADEC channel B
‐ Wait 5 s before pushing the C/Bs
After ECU power-up sequence the Flight Crew can
restart the engine.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Intentionally left blank
NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

NP-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/2
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS......................................................... 1/2
NP-NP Normal Procedures
Safety Exterior Inspection...........................................................1/10
Preliminary Cockpit Prep............................................................ 1/10
Cockpit Preparation..................................................................... 2/10
Before Pushback or Start............................................................3/10
Engine Start.................................................................................. 3/10
After Start......................................................................................3/10
Taxi................................................................................................ 4/10
Before Takeoff.............................................................................. 4/10
Takeoff...........................................................................................4/10
After Takeoff................................................................................. 5/10
Climb..............................................................................................5/10
Cruise............................................................................................ 5/10
Descent Preparation.................................................................... 5/10
Descent..........................................................................................6/10
ILS Approach................................................................................6/10
Non Precision Approach (Managed Guidance) Non ILS Approach
in NAV Data Base, And, NAV ACCY Check Positive................ 7/10
Non Precision Approach (Selected Guidance) Non ILS Approach
not in NAV Data Base, or, NAV ACCY Check Negative............ 8/10
Landing..........................................................................................9/10
Go Around.................................................................................... 9/10
After Landing................................................................................9/10
Parking........................................................................................ 10/10
Securing the Aircraft................................................................. 10/10

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

NP-NCL Normal Checklist


Before Start.............................................................................NCL.C3
After Start................................................................................NCL.C3
Before Takeoff........................................................................ NCL.C3
After Takeoff / Climb..............................................................NCL.C3
Approach.................................................................................NCL.C3
Landing....................................................................................NCL.C3
After Landing..........................................................................NCL.C3
Parking.................................................................................... NCL.C3
Securing the Aircraft............................................................. NCL.C3
Takeoff CG/TRIM POS........................................................... NCL.C3

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Localization Page ID Reason


Title
NP-NP 2/10 1 Revision of the cockpit preparation Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
Cockpit Preparation in order to indicate that the ATC has to be set for operation even during
transit stop.
Documentation update: Deletion of text.
NP-NP 6/10 2 Review of the management of the footnote (1).
ILS Approach Documentation update: Deletion of text.
NP-NCL NCL.C3 1 Improvement of TRIM POS scale to be in accordance with Weight &
Takeoff CG/TRIM POS Balance Manual.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 1/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

SAFETY EXTERIOR INSPECTION


PF PNF
* WHEEL CHOCKS...................................... CHECK IN PLACE
* L/G DOORS....................................................... CHECK POS.
* APU AREA................................................................... CHECK

PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREP


PF PNF
ENG MASTERS....................................................... CHECK OFF
ENG MODE SEL.................................................. CHECK NORM
L/G lever...............................................................CHECK DOWN
WIPERS................................................................................. OFF
BAT........................................................................ CHECK/AUTO
EXT PWR.................................................................................ON
APU FIRE............................................................... CHECK/TEST
APU....................................................................................START
* EXT PWR.................................................................AS RQRD
* COCKPIT LIGHT......................................................AS RQRD
FLAPS............................................................ CHECK POSITION
* SPD BRK LEVER....................CHECK RET AND DISARMED
* PARKING BRAKE............................................................... ON
* ACCU/BRAKES PRESS.............................................. CHECK
PROBE/WINDOW HEAT.....................................................AUTO
APU BLEED.............................................................................ON
AIR COND panel....................................................................SET
ELEC panel.......................................................................CHECK
VENT panel...................................................................... CHECK
* ECAM RECALL............................................................ PRESS
* ECAM OXY PRESS/HYD QTY/ENG OIL QTY............ CHECK
* OEB IN QRH................................................................ CHECK
EMER EQPT.....................................................................CHECK
RAIN REPELLENT........................................................... CHECK
C/B panels........................................................................ CHECK
* GEAR PINS & COVERS..............................................CHECK
* EXT. WALKAROUND............................................. PERFORM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 2/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

COCKPIT PREPARATION
1
PF PNF
OVERHEAD PANEL:
* ALL WHITE LIGHTS........................................... EXTINGUISH
* RCDR GND CTL................................................................. ON
CVR...................................................................................... TEST
EVAC............................................................................ AS RQRD
* ADIRS................................................................................ NAV
EXTERIOR LIGHTS......................................................AS RQRD
* SIGNS................................................................................ SET
LDG ELEV........................................................................... AUTO
* PACK FLOW............................................................ AS RQRD
BAT................................................................................... CHECK
ENG FIRE............................................................... CHECK/TEST
AUDIO SWITCH................................................................. NORM
PA (3rd occupant)...........................................................RECEPT
MAINT PANEL.................................................................. CHECK
CTR INSTRUMENT PANEL:
* ISIS............................................................................... CHECK
* CLOCK.......................................................... CHECK/ADJUST
* A/SKID N/W STRG..............................................................ON
PEDESTAL:
ACP 1................................................................................CHECK
* WEATHER RADAR........................................................... SET
SWITCHING PANEL.......................................................... NORM
* ECAM STATUS............................................................CHECK
* LDG ELEV (ECAM)...........................................CHECK AUTO
COCKPIT DOOR.............................................................. CHECK
* THRUST LEVERS...............................................CHECK IDLE
* ENG MASTER..................................................... CHECK OFF
* ENG MODE SEL..............................................CHECK NORM
PARKING BRAKE PRESS............................................... CHECK
GRAVITY GEAR EXTN....................................CHECK STOWED
ACP 2................................................................................CHECK
* ATC.................................................................................... SET
RMP........................................................................................ SET
* AIRFIELD DATA..........................................................OBTAIN
* ATC CLEARANCE.......................................................OBTAIN
* ACARS  ...........................................................INITIALIZE
* FMGS INITIALIZATION:
ENGINE & AIRCRAFT TYPE........................................... CHECK
DATABASE VALID............................................................CHECK
NAVAID DESELECTION.............................................. AS RQRD
F-PLN INITIALIZATION............................................. COMPLETE
ALIGN IRS..................................................... AS APPROPRIATE
F-PLN A...............................................COMPLETE AND CHECK
WINDS CLB/CRZ............................................................. INSERT
F-PLN................................................................................ CHECK
SEC F-PLN.................................................... AS APPROPRIATE
RADIO NAV...................................................................... CHECK
* FMGS DATA INSERTION:
ZFWCG, ZFW, BLOCK FUEL..........................................INSERT
TAKEOFF DATA.............................................................. INSERT
PRESET SPEEDS........................................................ AS RQRD
•When both pilots are seated:
GLARESHIELD: GLARESHIELD:
GLARESHIELD INTEGRAL LIGHT............................... AS RQRD
* BARO REF.........................................................................SET * BARO REF........................................................................ SET
* FD.......................................................................... CHECK ON * FD..........................................................................CHECK ON
* LS............................................................................. AS RQRD * LS.............................................................................AS RQRD
* ND mode and range.......................................................... SET * ND mode and range..........................................................SET
* VOR/ADF selector....................................................AS RQRD * VOR/ADF selector................................................... AS RQRD
* FCU.................................................................................... SET
LATERAL CONSOLE: LATERAL CONSOLE:
OXY MASK...........................................................................TEST OXY MASK.......................................................................... TEST
PF INSTRUMENT PANEL: PNF INSTRUMENT PANEL:
PFD-ND brightness..........................................................ADJUST PFD-ND brightness......................................................... ADJUST

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 3/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
LOUDSPEAKER..................................................................... SET LOUDSPEAKER.....................................................................SET
* PFD-ND........................................................................ CHECK * PFD-ND........................................................................CHECK
* FMGS DATA CONFIRMATION:
AIRFIELD DATA...........................................................CONFIRM
ATC CLEARANCE...........................................................OBTAIN
IRS ALIGN........................................................................CHECK
GROSS WEIGHT INSERTION.........................................CHECK
TO DATA....................................................CALCULATE/CHECK
F-PLN A............................................................................CHECK
* FUEL QTY....................................................................CHECK * ATC CODE........................................................................SET
* TAKEOFF BRIEFING..............................................PERFORM * FUEL QTY................................................................... CHECK

BEFORE PUSHBACK OR START


PF PNF
LOADSHEET..........................................................CHECK (CM1)
TO DATA............................................................ ENTER/REVISE TO DATA.......................................................................... CHECK
SEAT BELTS...................................................................ADJUST SEAT BELTS...................................................................ADJUST
MCDU............................................................................ PERF TO MCDU..................................................................................F-PLN
EXT PWR................................................................. CHECK OFF
BEFORE START C/L DOWN TO THE LINE
NW STRG DISC............................................. CHECK AS RQRD PUSHBACK/START CLEAR............................................OBTAIN
WINDOWS/DOORS..........................................................CHECK WINDOWS........................................................................ CHECK
THR LEVERS........................................................................IDLE BEACON.................................................................................. ON
PARK BRK ACCU PRESS...............................................CHECK
PARKING BRAKE........................................................ AS RQRD
BEFORE START C/L BELOW THE LINE

ENGINE START
PF PNF
ENG MODE selector..................................................IGN/START
ENG 2 START.......................................................... ANNOUNCE
ENG MASTER switch 2...........................................................ON
START VALVE
N2
IGNITER
FUEL FLOW
EGT
N1 CHECK
OIL PRESS
START VALVE CLOSES AT
OR ABOVE :
AT 50 % N2 CFM or PW
AT 43 % N2 IAE
ENG IDLE PARAMETERS............................................... CHECK
ENG 1 START.......................................................... ANNOUNCE
REPEAT THE START SEQUENCE

AFTER START
PF PNF
ENG MODE selector...........................................................NORM
APU BLEED............................................................................OFF GND SPOILERS...................................................................ARM
ENG ANTI-ICE.............................................................. AS RQRD RUD TRIM.......................................................................... ZERO
WING ANTI-ICE............................................................ AS RQRD FLAPS....................................................................................SET
APU MASTER switch....................................................AS RQRD PITCH TRIM.......................................................................... SET
ECAM DOOR PAGE........................................................CHECK
•If STS label is displayed:
ECAM STATUS..................................................................CHECK
CLEAR TO DISCONNECT........................................ANNOUNCE
AFTER START C/L

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 4/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

TAXI
PF PNF
NOSE LIGHT.........................................................................TAXI TAXI CLEARANCE.......................................................... OBTAIN
•Taxi clearance obtained:
PARKING BRAKE..................................................................OFF ELAPSED TIME............................................................AS RQRD
THRUST LEVERS........................................................ AS RQRD
BRAKES............................................................................CHECK
FLT CTL............................................................................CHECK FLT CTL............................................................................CHECK
•ATC clearance obtained:
ATC CLEARANCE........................................................CONFIRM
TO DATA.......................................................................... CHECK
FMGS F-PLN/SPD............................................................CHECK
FCU ALT/HDG....................................................................... SET
BOTH FD................................................................... CHECK ON
FLT INST & FMA..............................................................CHECK FLT INST & FMA..............................................................CHECK
RADAR and PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR SYSTEM 
...................................................................................... AS RQRD
ATC CODE........................................................... CONFIRM/SET
TERR ON ND  ...................................................... AS RQRD TERR ON ND  ...................................................... AS RQRD
AUTO BRK............................................................................ MAX
TO BRIEFING...............................................................CONFIRM
CABIN REPORT................................................. RECEIVE (CM1)
TO CONFIG...................................................................... PRESS
TO MEMO....................................................... CHECK NO BLUE
BEFORE TO C/L DOWN TO THE LINE

BEFORE TAKEOFF
PF PNF
TAKEOFF/LINE UP CLEARANCE.................................. OBTAIN
TCAS  ...............................................................TA or TA/RA
APPROACH CLEAR OF TRAFFIC...................................CHECK
PACKS 1+2.................................................................. AS RQRD
EXTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................... SET
TAKEOFF RUNWAY.....................................................CONFIRM
SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW
CABIN CREW.................................................................. ADVISE BRAKE TEMP (if fans  running)............................... CHECK
THRUST BUMP  ...................................................AS RQRD BRAKE FANS (if fans  running)..................................... OFF
ENG MODE selector.................................................... AS RQRD
BEFORE TAKEOFF C/L BELOW THE LINE

TAKEOFF
PF PNF
TAKEOFF..................................................................ANNOUNCE
BRAKES........................................................................RELEASE
THRUST LEVERS.....................................................TOGA/FLEX
The Captain places hand on thrust levers until V1
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL....................................USE RUDDER
CHRONO........................................................................... START CHRONO........................................................................... START
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE PFD/ND.............................................................................CHECK
•BELOW 80 kt: N1 (EPR).......................................................................... CHECK
THRUST SET........................................................... ANNOUNCE
PFD/ENG PARAMETERS...................................................SCAN
•AT 100 kt: ONE HUNDRED KNOTS..........................................ANNOUNCE
100 kt................................................................................ CHECK
•AT V1: V1..............................................................................ANNOUNCE
•AT VR: ROTATION....................................................................... ORDER
ROTATION.................................................................. PERFORM
•WHEN V/S POSITIVE: POSITIVE CLIMB..................................................... ANNOUNCE
LDG GEAR UP.................................................................ORDER LDG GEAR................................................................SELECT UP

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 5/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
AP................................................................................. AS RQRD
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE
•AT THR RED ALT:
THRUST LEVERS.................................................................... CL
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE PACK 1 (if applicable)............................................................. ON
•AT ACCEL ALT:
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE
•AT F SPEED:
FLAPS 1........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 1.......................................................................... SELECT
•AT S SPEED:
FLAPS 0........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 0.......................................................................... SELECT
GND SPOILERS............................................................. DISARM
EXTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................... SET
PACKS 2 (if applicable)...........................................................ON

AFTER TAKEOFF
PF PNF
APU BLEED/MASTER switch....................................... AS RQRD
ENG MODE selector..................................................... AS RQRD
TCAS  ..........................................................................TA/RA
ANTI ICE....................................................................... AS RQRD
AFTER TO/CLIMB C/L DOWN TO THE LINE

CLIMB
PF PNF
MCDU.......................................................................... PERF CLB MCDU..................................................................................F-PLN
FCU/FMGS............................................................SET IF AP ON FCU/FMGS.......................................................... SET IF AP OFF
•At transition altitude:
BARO REF............................................................SET/X CHECK BARO REF............................................................SET/X CHECK
AFTER TO/CLIMB C/L BELOW THE LINE
RADAR...........................................................AS APPROPRIATE ENG ANTI ICE............................................................. AS RQRD
•At 10 000 ft:
LAND LIGHTS..............................................................RETRACT
SEAT BELTS ...............................................................AS RQRD
EFIS OPTION............................................................... AS RQRD EFIS OPTION............................................................... AS RQRD
ECAM MEMO..................................................................REVIEW
RADIO NAV................. CHECK Performed upon PF request or
SEC F-PLN.............. AS RQRD approval
OPT/MAX ALT............. CHECK

CRUISE
PF PNF
ECAM MEMO/SYS PAGES............................................ REVIEW
FLIGHT PROGRESS........................................................CHECK
FUEL.............................................................................MONITOR
NAV ACCURACY............................................................. CHECK
RADAR...........................................................AS APPROPRIATE
CABIN TEMP............................................................... MONITOR

DESCENT PREPARATION
PF PNF
LDG ELEV........................................................................ CHECK LANDING DATA...........................................................PREPARE
LANDING PERFORMANCE.........................................CONFIRM
FMGS........................................................................... PREPARE FMGS........................................................................... PREPARE
GPWS LDG FLAP 3..................................................... AS RQRD
APPR BRIEFING.........................................................PERFORM
AUTO BRK................................................................... AS RQRD

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 6/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
DESCENT CLEARANCE................................................. OBTAIN
ANTI ICE...................................................................... AS RQRD

DESCENT
PF PNF
DESCENT.......................................................................INITIATE
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE FMA...................................................................................CHECK
MCDU.................................................... PROG/PERF DESCENT MCDU..................................................................................F-PLN
DESCENT.....................................................................MONITOR
SPEEDBRAKES........................................................... AS RQRD
RADAR...........................................................AS APPROPRIATE
•When cleared to altitude:
BARO REF............................................................SET/X CHECK BARO REF............................................................SET/X CHECK
TERR ON ND  ...................................................... AS RQRD TERR ON ND  ...................................................... AS RQRD
ECAM STATUS................................................................ CHECK
•At 10 000 ft:
LAND LIGHTS......................................................................... ON
SEAT BELTS................................................................ ON/AUTO
EFIS OPTION......................................................................CSTR EFIS OPTION......................................................................CSTR
LS pushbutton...............................................................AS RQRD LS pushbutton...............................................................AS RQRD
RADIO NAV.........................................................SELECT/IDENT
•If GPS PRIMARY not available:
NAV ACCY....................................................................... CHECK NAV ACCY....................................................................... CHECK

ILS APPROACH
2
PF PNF
INITIAL APPROACH:
SEAT BELTS............................................................... ON/AUTO ENG MODE selector..................................................... AS RQRD
•Approx 15 nm from touchdown:
APPR PHASE ................................ACTIVATE or set green dot (1)
POSITIONING............................................................. MONITOR NAV ACCURACY..........................................................MONITOR
RADAR..........................................................AS APPROPRIATE
APPR C/L
INTERMEDIATE/FINAL APPROACH:
•When cleared for ILS approach:
APPR................................................................................ PRESS
BOTH AP...................................................................... ENGAGE
•At green dot:
FLAPS 1.......................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 1...........................................................................SELECT
S SPEED.........................................................CHECK OR SET (1)
TCAS  ................................................................TA or TA/RA
FMA..........................................................................ANNOUNCE FMA................................................................................... CHECK
LOC CAPTURE........................................................... MONITOR
G/S CAPTURE............................................................ MONITOR
GO AROUND ALT...............................................................SET (1)
•At 2 000 ft AGL:
FLAPS 2.......................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 2...........................................................................SELECT
F SPEED......................................................... CHECK OR SET (1)
•When FLAPS 2:
LDG GEAR DOWN......................................................... ORDER LDG GEAR.......................................................... SELECT DOWN
AUTO BRAKE............................................................... CONFIRM
GRND SPLRS........................................................................ARM
EXTERIOR LIGHTS................................................................SET
•When L/G down, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS 3.......................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 3...........................................................................SELECT
ECAM WHEEL PAGE....................................................... CHECK
•When FLAPS 3, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS FULL................................................................... ORDER FLAPS FULL.................................................................... SELECT
VAPP............................................................... CHECK OR SET (1)
A/THR...........................................................CHECK SPD or OFF
WING A. ICE (if not required).................................................OFF

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 7/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
SLIDING TABLE  .......................................................STOW SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................ STOW
LDG MEMO......................................................CHECK NO BLUE
CABIN REPORT.................................................... OBTAIN (CM1)
CABIN CREW....................................................................ADVISE
LDG C/L
ANNOUNCE ANY FMA MODIFICATION FLT PARAMETERS...........................................................CHECK
Announce any deviation in excess of:
V/S: 1 000 ft/min
IAS: speed target +10 kt; VAPP -5 kt
LOC: 1/4 dot LOC
GLIDE: 1 dot GS
PITCH: 2.5 ° nose down; 10 ° nose up
BANK: 7 °
•At minimum +100 ft: ONE HUNDRED ABOVE.................. MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
•At minimum:
CONTINUE OR GO-AROUND.................................ANNOUNCE MINIMUM.......................................... MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
(1) PF if AP is ON, PNF if AP is OFF. The PF may request that this action is performed by the PNF depending on the situation.

NON PRECISION APPROACH (MANAGED GUIDANCE)


NON ILS APPROACH IN NAV DATA
BASE, AND, NAV ACCY CHECK POSITIVE
PF PNF
INITIAL APPROACH::
ENG MODE selector.................................................... AS RQRD
SEAT BELTS................................................................ ON/AUTO
•Approx 15 nm from touchdown:
APPR PHASE................................. ACTIVATE or set green dot(1)
POSITIONING.............................................................. MONITOR NAV ACCURACY.........................................................MONITOR
RADAR...........................................................AS APPROPRIATE
APPR C/L
INTERMEDIATE/FINAL APPROACH::
•When cleared for approach:
APPR.................................................................................PRESS
•At green dot:
FLAPS 1........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 1.......................................................................... SELECT
S SPEED......................................................... CHECK OR SET(1)
TCAS  ...............................................................TA or TA/RA
ND MODE RANGE.......................................................AS RQRD ND MODE RANGE.......................................................AS RQRD
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE FMA...................................................................................CHECK
•At S speed:
FLAPS 2........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 2.......................................................................... SELECT
F SPEED........................................................ CHECK OR SET (1)
•When FLAPS 2
LDG GEAR DOWN.......................................................... ORDER LDG GEAR......................................................... SELECT DOWN
AUTO BRAKE.............................................................. CONFIRM
GRND SPLRS....................................................................... ARM
EXTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................... SET
•When L/G down, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS 3........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 3.......................................................................... SELECT
ECAM WHEEL PAGE...................................................... CHECK
•When FLAPS 3, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS FULL.................................................................... ORDER FLAPS FULL................................................................... SELECT
VAPP............................................................... CHECK OR SET(1)
•After the FAF:
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE FMA...................................................................................CHECK
GO AROUND ALTITUDE.....................................................SET(1)
A/THR..........................................................CHECK SPD or OFF
POSITION/FLT PATH.................................................. MONITOR WING A. ICE (if not required)................................................OFF
SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW
LDG MEMO..................................................... CHECK NO BLUE
CABIN REPORT................................................... OBTAIN (CM1)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 8/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
CABIN CREW...................................................................ADVISE
LDG C/L
ANNOUNCE ANY FMA MODIFICATION FLT PARAMETERS..........................................................CHECK
Announce any deviation in excess of:
V/S : 1 000 ft/min
IAS : speed target +10 kt ; VAPP -5 kt
PITCH : 2.5 ° nose down; 10 ° nose up
BANK : 7°
COURSE : 1/2 dot or 2.5 ° (VOR); 5 ° (ADF)
•At minimum + 100 ft : ONE HUNDRED ABOVE................. MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
•At minimum :
CONTINUE OR GO-AROUND................................. ANNOUNCE MINIMUM......................................... MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
AP (if applicable)....................................................................OFF
(1) PF if AP is ON,PNF if AP is OFF. The PF may request that this action is performed by the PNF depending on the situation.

NON PRECISION APPROACH (SELECTED GUIDANCE)


NON ILS APPROACH NOT IN NAV DATA
BASE, OR, NAV ACCY CHECK NEGATIVE
PF PNF
INITIAL APPROACH::
ENG MODE selector.................................................... AS RQRD
SEAT BELTS................................................................ ON/AUTO
•Approx 15 nm from touchdown:
APPR PHASE ................................ ACTIVATE or set green dot(1)
POSITIONING.............................................................. MONITOR NAV ACCURACY.........................................................MONITOR
RADAR...........................................................AS APPROPRIATE
APPR C/L
FINAL APPROACH::
•At green dot:
FLAPS 1........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 1.......................................................................... SELECT
S SPEED........................................................ CHECK OR SET (1)
TCAS  ...............................................................TA or TA/RA
ND MODE RANGE.......................................................AS RQRD ND MODE RANGE.......................................................AS RQRD
•At S speed:
FLAPS 2........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 2.......................................................................... SELECT
F SPEED........................................................ CHECK OR SET (1)
•When FLAPS 2:
LDG GEAR DOWN.......................................................... ORDER LDG GEAR......................................................... SELECT DOWN
AUTO BRAKE.............................................................. CONFIRM
GRND SPLRS....................................................................... ARM
EXTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................... SET
•When L/G down, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS 3........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 3.......................................................................... SELECT
ECAM WHEEL PAGE...................................................... CHECK
•When FLAPS 3, below VFE NEXT:
FLAPS FULL.................................................................... ORDER FLAPS FULL................................................................... SELECT
VAPP............................................................... CHECK OR SET(1)
•AT the FAF:
FPA FOR FINAL APPROACH PATH.................................. SET(1)
•After the FAF:
GO AROUND ALTITUDE.....................................................SET(1)
POSITION/FLT PATH........................................CHECK/ADJUST
A/THR..........................................................CHECK SPD or OFF
WING A. ICE (if not required)................................................OFF
SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW SLIDING TABLE  ........................................................STOW
LDG MEMO..................................................... CHECK NO BLUE
CABIN REPORT................................................... OBTAIN (CM1)
CABIN CREW...................................................................ADVISE
LDG C/L
ANNOUNCE ANY FMA MODIFICATION FLT PARAMETERS..........................................................CHECK

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 9/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
Announce any deviation in excess of:
V/S : 1 000 ft/min
IAS : speed target + 10 kt ; VAPP - 5 kt
PITCH : 2.5 ° nose down; 10 ° nose up
BANK : 7°
COURSE : 1/2 dot or 2.5 ° (VOR); 5 ° (ADF)
•At minimum + 100 ft : ONE HUNDRED ABOVE................. MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
•At minimum : MINIMUM......................................... MONITOR OR ANNOUNCE
CONTINUE OR GO-AROUND................................. ANNOUNCE
AP (if applicable)....................................................................OFF
(1) PF if AP is ON,PNF if AP is OFF. The PF may request that this action is performed by the PNF depending on the situation.

LANDING
PF PNF
•In stabilized approach conditions, at approx. 30 ft:
FLARE......................................................................... PERFORM ATTITUDE.................................................................... MONITOR
THRUST LEVERS.................................................................IDLE
•At touchdown:
DEROTATION................................................................ INITIATE
BOTH THRUST LEVERS........................REV MAX or REV IDLE GRND SPLRS............................................. CHECK/ANNOUNCE
REVERSERS.............................................. CHECK/ANNOUNCE
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL.............................................ENSURE DIRECTIONAL CONTROL...........................................MONITOR
BRAKES....................................................................... AS RQRD DECELERATION.........................................CHECK/ANNOUNCE
•At 70 kt:
BOTH THRUST LEVERS.............................................REV IDLE 70 kt.......................................................................... ANNOUNCE
•At taxi speed:
BOTH THRUST LEVERS............................................ FWD IDLE
•Before 20 kt:
AUTOBRK................................................................ DISENGAGE

GO AROUND
PF PNF
THRUST LEVERS.............................................................. TOGA
ROTATION.................................................................. PERFORM
GO-AROUND............................................................ANNOUNCE FLAPS........................................................... SELECT AS RQRD
FMA...........................................................................ANNOUNCE FMA...................................................................................CHECK
POSITIVE CLIMB..................................................... ANNOUNCE
LDG GEAR UP.................................................................ORDER LDG GEAR................................................................SELECT UP
AP ................................................................................AS RQRD
NAV or HDG mode.......................................................AS RQRD
•At GA thrust red. altitude:
THRUST LEVERS.................................................................... CL
•At GA ACCEL altitude:
SPEED..........................................................................MONITOR
•AT F SPEED:
FLAPS 1........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 1.......................................................................... SELECT
•AT S SPEED:
FLAPS 0........................................................................... ORDER FLAPS 0.......................................................................... SELECT
GND SPOILERS............................................................. DISARM
EXTERIOR LIGHTS............................................................... SET
AFTER TAKEOFF C/L DOWN TO THE LINE

AFTER LANDING
PF PNF
LAND LIGHTS..............................................................RETRACT
STROBE LIGHTS................................................................AUTO
OTHER EXT LIGHTS................................................... AS RQRD

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NP-NP
NORMAL PROCEDURES 10/10
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


PF PNF
GRND SPLRS................................................................. DISARM
(signal for PNF to commence after landing items)
RADAR.........................................................................OFF/STBY
PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR  ..........................................OFF
ENG MODE SEL................................................................NORM
FLAPS.......................................................................... RETRACT
TCAS  ..........................................................SET on standby
ATC...............................................................................AS RQRD
APU....................................................................................START
ANTI ICE...................................................................... AS RQRD
BRAKE TEMP...................................................................CHECK
AFTER LDG C/L

PARKING
PF PNF
ACCU PRESS.................................................................. CHECK ANTI-ICE................................................................................ OFF
PARKING BRK........................................................................ ON APU BLEED.............................................................................ON
ENG MASTER 1, 2................................................................OFF SLIDE DISARMED............................................................CHECK
GROUND CONTACT................................................ ESTABLISH ELAPSED TIME  ......................................................... STOP
BEACON LT...........................................................................OFF FUEL PUMPS........................................................................ OFF
OTHER EXTERIOR LIGHTS........................................AS RQRD ATC..................................................................... SET on standby
SEAT BELTS......................................................................... OFF IRS PERFORMANCE.......................................................CHECK
FUEL QTY........................................................................ CHECK
STATUS............................................................................ CHECK
PARKING BRK............................................................. AS RQRD BRAKE FAN  ................................................................ OFF
DUs......................................................................................... DIM DUs......................................................................................... DIM
PARKING C/L

SECURING THE AIRCRAFT


PF PNF
PARKING BRK...........................................................CHECK ON
ADIRS (1+2+3).......................................................................OFF OXY CREW SUPPLY............................................................ OFF
EXTERIOR LIGHTS...............................................................OFF
MAINT BUS SW........................................................... AS RQRD
APU BLEED........................................................................... OFF
APU MASTER SW.................................................................OFF
EMER EXIT LIGHT................................................................ OFF
SIGNS.................................................................................... OFF
EXT PWR..................................................................... AS RQRD
BAT 1+2................................................................................. OFF
SECURING THE A/C C/L

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
Intentionally left blank
FPE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

FPE-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/2
SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS......................................................... 1/2
FPE-SPD Speeds
Speeds.............................................................................................1/2
FPE-FPF Fuel Penalty Factors
Use of Fuel Penalty Factor Tables...............................................1/4
Fuel Penalty Factors/ECAM Alert Table...................................... 2/4
Fuel Penalty Factors/Inop Sys Table........................................... 3/4
FPE-IFL In-Flight Landing
FPE-IFL-MAT Runway Condition Assessment Matrix for Landing
RUNWAY CONDITION ASSESSMENT MATRIX FOR LANDING.. 1/2
Wind Component........................................................................... 2/2
FPE-IFL-VAP VAPP Determination without failure
VAPP Determination without Failure........................................... 1/2
FPE-IFL-LD In-Flight Landing Distance Without Failure
Landing Distance - DRY ...............................................................1/4
Landing Distance - GOOD ........................................................... 1/4
Landing Distance - GOOD TO MEDIUM ......................................2/4
Landing Distance - MEDIUM ........................................................2/4
Landing Distance - MEDIUM TO POOR ...................................... 3/4
Landing Distance - POOR ............................................................3/4
FPE-IFL-VAF VAPP Determination with Failure
VAPP Determination with Failure.................................................1/2
FPE-IFL-24 Landing Distance with Electrical System Failure
FPE-IFL-27 Landing Distance with Flight Controls System Failure
FPE-IFL-27A Landing Distance with Slats Flaps System Failure
FPE-IFL-29 Landing Distance with Hydraulic System Failure
FPE-IFL-30 Landing Distance with Anti Ice System Failure
FPE-IFL-32 Landing Distance with Brake System Failure
FPE-IFL-34 Landing Distance with Navigation System Failure
FPE-IFL-36 Landing Distance with Bleed System Failure
FPE-IFL-70 Landing Distance with Engine System Failure

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

FPE-OEI One Engine Inoperative


Ceilings............................................................................................1/4
Gross Flight Path Descent at Green Dot Speed......................... 2/4
Cruise at Long Range Cruise Speed........................................... 3/4
In Cruise Quick Check Long Range.............................................4/4
FPE-AEO All Engines Operative
Optimum & Maximum Altitudes................................................... 1/4
In Cruise Quick Check at a Given Mach Number........................2/4
Cost Index for Long Range Cruise Speed...................................2/4
Standard Descent...........................................................................3/4
Quick Determination Table of Alternate Flight Planning............4/4
FPE-CAB Flight Without Cabin Pressurization
In Cruise Quick Check FL 100 Long Range................................ 1/2
FPE-OPD Operating Data
Ground Distance / Air Distance Conversion............................... 1/2
IAS / MACH Conversion................................................................ 2/2

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Localization Page ID Reason


Title
FPE-IFL-MAT 1/2 1 The Runway Condition Assessment Matrix is revised to take into account
RUNWAY CONDITION comments we received from airlines. Its general layout is reviewed to
ASSESSMENT MATRIX FOR differentiate the Runway Surface Conditions from the Related Landing
LANDING Performance.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 SUMMARY OF HIGHLIGHTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-SPD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

SPEEDS
OPERATING SPEEDS (KT)
CG ≥ 25 %
Green dot
W (1000 KG) F S VLS CONF 3 VREF
FL < 200(1)
40 117 152 165 110 106
44 122 159 173 115 111
48 128 166 181 120 116
52 133 173 189 125 121
56 138 179 197 130 125
60 143 185 205 135 130
64 148 192 213 139 134
68 152 197 221 143 138
72 157 203 229 147 142
76 161 209 237 151 146
78 163 211 241 153 148
(1) Above FL 200 add 1 kt per additional 1 000 ft.
For CG < 25 % add 2 kt to VLS and VREF

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-SPD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-FPF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

USE OF FUEL PENALTY FACTOR TABLES


USE OF THE FUEL PENALTY FACTORS
The Fuel Penalty Factors provided in the following tables are conservative values, given as a guideline in
order to increase the crew awareness and to help the decision making.
Note: In case of failure impacting the fuel consumption, the fuel predictions provided by the FMS are
no longer reliable (except in One Engine Inoperative OEI condition). The flight crew must still
compute and monitor the actual fuel consumption.
Refer to the following tables in order to assess the impact of the failure on the fuel consumption after any
ECAM alert that:
‐ Displays the line INCREASED FUEL CONSUMP in the STATUS SD page, or
‐ Displays Flight Control Surfaces in the INOP SYS, or
‐ Impacts the Landing Gears or Landing Gear Doors retraction (when extended).
The Fuel Penalty Factors given in these tables have been calculated taking into account:
‐ The FUEL CRITICAL INOP SYS, and
‐ The aircraft configuration, speed or altitude described in the CONDITIONS column.
Ensure that all these conditions are well met before applying the corresponding Fuel Penalty Factor.
METHODOLOGY
The methodology is the following:
‐ Check the ECAM ALERT table to determine if a Fuel Penalty Factor is applicable depending on the
CONDITIONS column, then

‐ Check the INOP SYS table in order to determine if, according to the actual aircraft status, there is a
Fuel Penalty Factor applicable depending on the CONDITIONS column

‐ If only one Fuel Penalty Factor (FPF) is applicable:


TRIP FUEL PENALTY = (FOB - EFOB at DEST) x FPF
The FMS fuel predictions must be recomputed to take into account this trip fuel penalty.

‐ If two or more Fuel Penalty Factors (FPF) are applicable:


TRIP FUEL PENALTY = (FOB - EFOB at DEST) x (FPF1 + FPF2 +...)
The FMS fuel predictions must be recomputed to take into account this trip fuel penalty.
Note: Due to previous failures in flight or dispatch under MEL, some failures could have an impact
on the fuel consumption:
‐ Without being mentioned in the ECAM ALERT table (only through INOP SYS table), or
‐ If mentioned in the ECAM ALERT table, with additional INOP SYS (other than the one(s)
described in the FUEL CRITICAL INOP SYS column for this specific ECAM alert) impacting
also the fuel consumption.
Example:
• Dispatch with the ELAC 1 inoperative under MEL
• HYD G SYS LO PR ECAM caution in flight
• These two failures lead to the loss of the left aileron
• INOP SYS will displayed “L AIL”
If the Fuel Penalty Factor of the HYD G SYS LO PR ECAM alert is applicable (spoiler extended), sum
the corresponding factor with the Fuel Penalty Factor related to the INOP SYS “L(R) AIL” partially
extended.
FPF (HYD G SYS LO PR) = 10 %
FPF (INOP SYS: L AIL) = 8 %
Therefore, TRIP FUEL PENALTY = (FOB - EFOB at DEST) x (10 % + 8 %)

If the Fuel Penalty Factor of the HYD G SYS LO PR ECAM alert is not applicable (spoiler remains
retracted), apply the Fuel Penalty Factor related to the INOP SYS “L(R) AIL” partially extended.
Therefore, TRIP FUEL PENALTY = (FOB - EFOB at DEST) x 8 %

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-FPF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

FUEL PENALTY FACTORS/ECAM ALERT TABLE


FUEL
FUEL CRITICAL
SYS ECAM ALERT CONDITIONS PENALTY
INOP SYS
FACTOR
AC BUS 1 FAULT If L(R) spoiler 3 is indicated extended
SPLR 3 10 %
(equivalent to B SYS LO PR) (at the time of the failure)
ELEC
DC ESS BUS FAULT If L(R) spoiler 3 is indicated extended
SPLR 3 10 %
(equivalent to B SYS LO PR) (at the time of the failure)
If one aileron is indicated fully extended
L(R) AIL 27 %
(upwards or downwards)
L(R) AIL FAULT
If one or both aileron(s) is/are indicated
L(R) AIL or L+R AIL 8%
partially extended
If one spoiler is suspected fully extended (2)
Cruise Conditions:
OPT SPEED................ GDOT +10KT
Whenever possible, target green dot speed
+10 kt to minimize fuel consumption.
However, if buffet is encountered at GDOT
55 %
speed +10 kt increase speed to fly out of
SPLR (affected)
buffet condition.
CRUISE ALT.................AS REQUIRED
F/CTL Current Flight Level (FL) may not be
SPLR FAULT maintained due to increased drag. Maintain
a cruise FL as high as possible.
If one spoiler or one pair of spoilers is
10 %
partially extended (zero hinge moment)
If spoiler 3 is partially extended after the loss
SPLR 3 with BLUE HYD Up to 4 %
of the B hydraulic system (1)
SPLR 1 or 5 with If spoiler 1 or 5 is partially extended after the Up to 9 %
GREEN HYD loss of the G hydraulic system (1) (3)

SPLR 2 or 4 with If spoiler 2 or 4 is partially extended after the Up to 9 %


YELLOW HYD loss of the Y hydraulic system (1) (3)

FLAPS FAULT/LOCKED FLAPS If Flaps are extended 80 %


SLATS FAULT/LOCKED SLATS If Slats are extended 60 %
SLATS + FLAPS FAULT/LOCKED SLATS+FLAPS If Slats and Flaps are extended 100 %
If L(R) spoiler 3 is indicated extended
B SYS LO PR SPLR 3 10 %
(at the time of the failure)
If L(R) spoiler 5 is indicated extended
G SYS LO PR SPLR 1+5 10 %
(at the time of the failure)
If L(R) spoilers 2 and 4 are indicated
Y SYS LO PR SPLR 2+4 extended 20 %
(at the time of the failure)
Both ailerons are failed 10 %
L+R AIL SPLR Spoilers 1, 3 and 5 (1) to
G+B SYS LO PR
HYD 1+3+5 L ELEV Left elevator is failed 15 %
RAT is extended (4)

0%
SPLR 1+2+4+5 Stabilizer is jammed to
G+Y SYS LO PR
STABILIZER Spoilers 1, 2, 4 and 5 (1) 10 %
(4)

3%
Spoilers 2, 3 and 4 (1)
to
B+Y SYS LO PR SPLR 2+3+4 R ELEV Right elevator is failed
10 %
RAT extended (4)

SHOCK ABSORBER FAULT


GEAR NOT UPLOCKED All landing gears are extended
L/G RETRACT 180 %
L/G BOGIE ALIGN FAULT (option) (Also refer to PRO-SPO-25-10)
GEAR UPLOCK FAULT
DOORS NOT CLOSED L/G DOOR All landing gears doors are extended 15 %
(1) During the flight, the spoiler(s) may gradually extend and increase(s) the fuel consumption.
(2) A spoiler can be suspected fully extended (runaway) if high roll rate has been experienced immediately after the failure,
associated with a possible AP disconnection. A visual inspection, if time permits, can also confirm the full extension of the
spoiler.
(3) The maximum value of the Fuel Penalty Factor provided in the table considers that the two pairs of corresponding spoilers
gradually extend during the flight.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-FPF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK
(4) The minimum value of the Fuel Penalty Factor provided in the table considers that all spoilers remain retracted. The maximum
value has been calculated considering that all impacted spoilers gradually extend during the flight.

FUEL PENALTY FACTORS/INOP SYS TABLE


FUEL PENALTY
SYS INOP SYS CONDITIONS
FACTOR
If one or both aileron(s) is/are indicated partially
L(R) AIL or L+R AIL 8%
extended
F/CTL FLAPS If Flaps are extended 80 %
SLATS If Slats are extended 60 %
SLATS+FLAPS If Slats and Flaps are extended 100 %
L/G L/G DOOR All landing gears doors are extended 15 %

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-FPF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-MAT
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

RUNWAY CONDITION ASSESSMENT


MATRIX FOR LANDING
1

Note: For Automatic Approach, Landing and Roll Out limitations, refer to FCOM LIM-22.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-MAT
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

WIND COMPONENT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-VAP
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

VAPP DETERMINATION WITHOUT FAILURE


The FMGS performs the following VAPP computation for landing in normal configuration (CONF 3 or CONF
FULL).

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-VAP
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-LD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

LANDING DISTANCE - DRY


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 090 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 10
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 380 - 10 + 30 + 90 + 50 + 140 + 40 + 10 0
AUTOBRAKE LOW 1 960 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 30 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 420 m
Autoland + 330 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 170 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 460 - 10 + 40 + 100 + 50 + 140 + 50 + 10 0
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 100 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 30 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 500 m
Autoland + 350 m

LANDING DISTANCE - GOOD


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 410 - 10 + 50 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 60 + 50 - 30
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 460 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 60 + 50 - 20
AUTOBRAKE LOW 1 960 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 30 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 370 m
Autoland + 280 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 550 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 40
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 600 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 40
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 100 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 30 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 430 m
Autoland + 280 m

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-LD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

LANDING DISTANCE - GOOD TO MEDIUM


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 660 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 70
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 700 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 70
AUTOBRAKE LOW 1 970 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 50 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 390 m
Autoland + 280 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 810 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 850 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 90 - 90
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 110 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 80 + 220 + 80 + 50 - 10
Overweight Ldg proc + 460 m
Autoland + 280 m

LANDING DISTANCE - MEDIUM


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 1 860 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 220 + 60 + 110 - 90
AUTOBRAKE MED 1 890 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 110 - 100
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 050 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 90 - 40
Overweight Ldg proc + 380 m
Autoland + 290 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 2 030 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 120 - 110
AUTOBRAKE MED 2 070 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 120 - 120
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 210 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 110 - 60
Overweight Ldg proc + 440 m
Autoland + 290 m

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-LD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

LANDING DISTANCE - MEDIUM TO POOR


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 2 080 - 30 + 70 + 160 + 110 + 360 + 110 + 160 - 100
AUTOBRAKE MED 2 100 - 20 + 70 + 150 + 120 + 370 + 100 + 160 - 110
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 130 - 20 + 70 + 160 + 110 + 370 + 110 + 160 - 50
Overweight Ldg proc + 320 m
Autoland + 330 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 2 380 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 140 + 410 + 130 + 200 - 130
AUTOBRAKE MED 2 390 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 410 + 130 + 210 - 140
AUTOBRAKE LOW 2 420 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 410 + 130 + 210 - 100
Overweight Ldg proc + 380 m
Autoland + 350 m

LANDING DISTANCE - POOR


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, VAPP=VLS without APPR COR.
CONF FULL
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 3 450 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 130 + 560 + 160 + 920 - 320
AUTOBRAKE MED 3 480 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 130 + 570 + 160 + 930 - 340
AUTOBRAKE LOW 3 510 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 130 + 570 + 160 + 930 - 340
Overweight Ldg proc + 330 m
Autoland + 460 m

CONF 3
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
REF Per 1T Per 1T Per 10°C Per 1% Per Thrust
Per 1000ft Per
Braking Mode DIST (m) BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt ABOVE Down Reverser
above SL 5kt TW
for 66T 66T 66T ISA Slope Operative
Maximum MANUAL 3 970 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 150 + 610 + 180 + 1 150 - 430
AUTOBRAKE MED 3 990 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 150 + 610 + 180 + 1 150 - 450
AUTOBRAKE LOW 4 020 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 610 + 180 + 1 150 - 450
Overweight Ldg proc + 380 m
Autoland + 490 m

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-LD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-VAF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

VAPP DETERMINATION WITH FAILURE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-VAF
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-24
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 140 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 1 230 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 250 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 1 320 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 30
FULL 0 1 810 - 20 + 70 + 120 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 90 INOP
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 1 970 - 20 + 90 + 120 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 110 INOP
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 1 140 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 1 230 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 1 270 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 20
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 1 380 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 1 260 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 1 370 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt 1 900 - 10 + 70 + 130 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 INOP
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 1 980 - 10 + 90 + 120 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 110 INOP
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt 2 020 - 10 + 80 + 110 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 100 INOP
with 140kt min

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 510 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 1 680 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 60
FULL 0 1 750 - 20 + 60 + 170 + 100 + 270 + 80 + 100 - 80
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 1 920 - 20 + 60 + 180 + 110 + 290 + 90 + 110 - 90
FULL 0 1 950 - 20 + 80 + 170 + 100 + 290 + 90 + 130 INOP
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 150 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 110 + 310 + 100 + 150 INOP
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 1 520 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 60 + 60 - 50
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 1 690 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 70 - 60
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 1 700 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 60
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 1 900 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 100 + 260 + 80 + 80 - 80
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 1 640 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 1 820 - 20 + 60 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 60
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt 2 060 - 10 + 80 + 170 + 100 + 290 + 100 + 130 INOP
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 2 160 - 10 + 80 + 180 + 110 + 310 + 100 + 150 INOP
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt 2 210 - 10 + 80 + 180 + 110 + 300 + 110 + 140 INOP
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-24
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 760 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 70
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 1 930 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 90 - 90
FULL 0 2 040 - 20 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 220 + 80 + 130 - 140
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 2 210 - 20 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 140 - 160
FULL 0 2 060 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 130 INOP
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 230 - 20 + 60 + 150 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 150 INOP
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 1 790 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 90 - 110
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 100 - 130
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 210 + 60 + 100 - 120
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 2 150 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 210 + 80 + 110 - 150
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 1 870 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 2 050 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 80 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt 2 160 - 10 + 50 + 140 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 140 INOP
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 2 230 - 10 + 60 + 150 + 90 + 230 + 80 + 150 INOP
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt 2 270 - 10 + 60 + 140 + 90 + 230 + 80 + 140 INOP
with 140kt min

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 100
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 140 - 120
FULL 0 2 330 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 90 + 270 + 80 + 190 - 200
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 2 530 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 100 + 280 + 90 + 210 - 230
FULL 0 2 360 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 90 + 270 + 90 + 200 INOP
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 570 - 20 + 50 + 170 + 100 + 280 + 100 + 230 INOP
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 2 030 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 130 - 170
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 2 250 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 260 + 80 + 160 - 200
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 2 220 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 140 - 180
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 2 450 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 160 - 220
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 2 080 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 110 - 110
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 2 300 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 130
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt 2 480 - 10 + 50 + 150 + 100 + 280 + 90 + 210 INOP
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 2 580 - 10 + 50 + 170 + 100 + 280 + 100 + 220 INOP
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt 2 580 - 10 + 50 + 160 + 100 + 270 + 100 + 200 INOP
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-24
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 2 250 - 30 + 70 + 170 + 130 + 380 + 110 + 180 - 120
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 2 600 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 150 + 430 + 150 + 240 - 150
FULL 0 2 730 - 40 + 90 + 250 + 170 + 500 + 160 + 330 - 240
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 3 150 - 40 + 100 + 280 + 200 + 570 + 190 + 440 - 300
FULL 0 2 800 - 40 + 90 + 260 + 180 + 540 + 150 + 370 INOP
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 3 240 - 50 + 110 + 300 + 220 + 630 + 190 + 500 INOP
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 2 330 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 140 + 420 + 120 + 210 - 190
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 2 710 - 40 + 90 + 210 + 170 + 490 + 140 + 280 - 240
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 2 590 - 30 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 430 + 130 + 230 - 220
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 3 020 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 180 + 500 + 160 + 310 - 300
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 2 410 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 130 + 370 + 120 + 170 - 130
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 2 780 - 30 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 420 + 150 + 230 - 170
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt 2 960 - 10 + 90 + 250 + 190 + 540 + 170 + 380 INOP
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 3 240 - 10 + 110 + 300 + 220 + 620 + 200 + 490 INOP
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt 3 230 - 20 + 100 + 260 + 190 + 540 + 200 + 420 INOP
with 140kt min

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 3 690 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 140 + 580 + 170 + 1 010 - 360
AC BUS 1 FAULT
3 6 4 260 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 170 + 620 + 200 + 1 250 - 480
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
DC BUS 2 FAULT
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
DC BUS 1+2 FAULT
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
(if no Ice Accretion) 3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
DC ESS BUS FAULT FULL 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
DC ESS SHED BUS FULL 10 3 770 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 150 + 570 + 170 + 930 - 450
(if Ice Accretion) 3 16 4 360 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 170 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 580
DC EMER CONFIG FULL 0 / 140kt Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
with 140kt min
ELEC EMER CONFIG
REF DIST calculated 3 10 / 140kt Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-24
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM


The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 1 170 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 20
(if no SPOILER
3 6 1 240 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 1 300 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 20
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 1 210 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
FAULT
FULL 0 1 260 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 1 330 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 30
FULL 0 1 380 - 10 + 40 + 120 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 40
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 1 440 - 10 + 40 + 110 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 40
FULL 0 1 380 - 10 + 40 + 120 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 40
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 1 440 - 10 + 40 + 110 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 40
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 1 170 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 20
FAULT 3 6 1 250 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 140 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 1 230 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 250 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 1 320 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 310 - 10 + 40 + 100 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 40 - 30
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 1 380 - 10 + 40 + 100 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 30
FULL 0 1 200 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 270 - 10 + 60 + 110 + 60 + 150 + 50 + 40 - 20
RUDDER JAM
3 6 1 420 - 20 + 60 + 110 + 70 + 160 + 60 + 40 - 20
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 1 510 - 10 + 40 + 120 + 60 + 140 + 50 + 40 INOP
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM
The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 1 560 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 50
(if no SPOILER
3 6 1 720 - 20 + 60 + 140 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 80 - 60
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 1 810 - 20 + 60 + 140 + 100 + 260 + 80 + 80 - 60
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 1 670 - 20 + 60 + 150 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 80 - 60
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 1 840 - 20 + 60 + 160 + 100 + 280 + 90 + 100 - 70
FAULT
FULL 0 1 770 - 20 + 60 + 170 + 100 + 270 + 90 + 100 - 70
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 1 940 - 20 + 70 + 190 + 110 + 290 + 100 + 120 - 90
FULL 0 2 070 - 30 + 70 + 260 + 120 + 330 + 110 + 180 - 120
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 240 - 30 + 80 + 270 + 130 + 350 + 130 + 200 - 130
FULL 0 2 070 - 30 + 70 + 260 + 120 + 330 + 110 + 180 - 120
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 240 - 30 + 80 + 270 + 130 + 350 + 130 + 200 - 130
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 1 580 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 70 - 50
FAULT 3 6 1 760 - 20 + 60 + 150 + 100 + 260 + 80 + 80 - 60
FULL 0 1 510 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 1 680 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 50
FULL 0 1 740 - 20 + 60 + 160 + 90 + 260 + 80 + 90 - 70
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 1 910 - 20 + 60 + 180 + 110 + 290 + 90 + 110 - 80
FULL 0 1 880 - 20 + 70 + 200 + 100 + 290 + 100 + 130 - 100
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 2 060 - 20 + 70 + 220 + 120 + 310 + 110 + 150 - 120
FULL 0 1 650 - 20 + 60 + 150 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 80 - 60
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 1 830 - 20 + 60 + 160 + 100 + 270 + 90 + 100 - 80
FULL 0 1 680 - 20 + 60 + 140 + 100 + 270 + 80 + 80 - 50
RUDDER JAM
3 6 1 920 - 20 + 70 + 160 + 120 + 300 + 100 + 110 - 80
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 390 - 30 + 80 + 280 + 140 + 360 + 140 + 220 INOP
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 1 710 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 60 - 50
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM
The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 1 820 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
(if no SPOILER
3 6 1 980 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 100
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 2 060 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 110
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 1 950 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 110 - 100
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 2 100 - 20 + 40 + 130 + 80 + 220 + 80 + 120 - 120
FAULT
FULL 0 2 060 - 20 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 130 - 120
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 220 - 20 + 40 + 150 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 140 - 140
FULL 0 2 380 - 20 + 50 + 210 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 210 - 190
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 530 - 20 + 50 + 210 + 100 + 260 + 100 + 210 - 200
FULL 0 2 380 - 20 + 50 + 210 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 210 - 190
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 530 - 20 + 50 + 210 + 100 + 260 + 100 + 210 - 200
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 1 840 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FAULT 3 6 2 020 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 110 - 110
FULL 0 1 760 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 1 930 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 90 - 90
FULL 0 2 020 - 20 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 120 - 120
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 130 - 130
FULL 0 2 180 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 160 - 150
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 2 340 - 20 + 50 + 170 + 90 + 240 + 90 + 170 - 170
FULL 0 1 920 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 110 - 100
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 100 - 20 + 40 + 130 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 120 - 120
FULL 0 1 940 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 110 - 100
RUDDER JAM
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 100 + 260 + 90 + 140 - 130
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 660 - 20 + 50 + 210 + 100 + 260 + 110 + 230 INOP
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 1 940 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM
The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 2 040 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 130 - 120
(if no SPOILER
3 6 2 240 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 140
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 2 320 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 150 - 150
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 2 200 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 160 - 140
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 2 390 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 180 - 170
FAULT
FULL 0 2 330 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 190 - 170
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 530 - 20 + 50 + 170 + 100 + 270 + 100 + 210 - 190
FULL 0 2 730 - 30 + 60 + 230 + 110 + 300 + 110 + 300 - 260
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 920 - 30 + 60 + 230 + 120 + 300 + 120 + 310 - 280
FULL 0 2 730 - 30 + 60 + 230 + 110 + 300 + 110 + 300 - 260
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 2 920 - 30 + 60 + 230 + 120 + 300 + 120 + 310 - 280
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 2 080 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 130 - 120
FAULT 3 6 2 290 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 160 - 150
FULL 0 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 110
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 140 - 130
FULL 0 2 280 - 20 + 50 + 150 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 180 - 160
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 2 480 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 90 + 270 + 100 + 190 - 180
FULL 0 2 480 - 20 + 50 + 180 + 100 + 280 + 100 + 220 - 200
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 2 680 - 30 + 50 + 190 + 100 + 280 + 110 + 240 - 230
FULL 0 2 170 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 130
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 390 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 180 - 160
FULL 0 2 160 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 100 + 280 + 90 + 150 - 130
RUDDER JAM
3 6 2 450 - 30 + 60 + 150 + 120 + 300 + 100 + 190 - 170
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 3 070 - 30 + 60 + 240 + 120 + 310 + 130 + 330 INOP
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 2 190 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 120
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 5/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM
The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 2 330 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 130 + 400 + 120 + 200 - 140
(if no SPOILER
3 6 2 680 - 40 + 90 + 210 + 150 + 450 + 160 + 260 - 170
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 2 810 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 160 + 450 + 150 + 270 - 180
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 2 570 - 30 + 90 + 220 + 150 + 450 + 150 + 270 - 170
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 2 960 - 40 + 100 + 250 + 180 + 510 + 170 + 360 - 210
FAULT
FULL 0 2 750 - 40 + 100 + 250 + 170 + 480 + 160 + 330 - 200
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 3 170 - 50 + 110 + 280 + 200 + 560 + 190 + 440 - 250
FULL 0 3 390 - 50 + 120 + 370 + 220 + 640 + 220 + 660 - 320
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 3 870 - 60 + 130 + 410 + 260 + 710 + 270 + 860 - 380
FULL 0 3 390 - 50 + 120 + 370 + 220 + 640 + 220 + 660 - 320
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 3 870 - 60 + 130 + 410 + 260 + 710 + 270 + 860 - 380
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 2 400 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 420 + 130 + 220 - 140
FAULT 3 6 2 780 - 40 + 90 + 220 + 160 + 470 + 160 + 290 - 180
FULL 0 2 250 - 30 + 70 + 170 + 130 + 380 + 110 + 180 - 120
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 2 600 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 150 + 430 + 150 + 240 - 160
FULL 0 2 670 - 40 + 90 + 240 + 160 + 470 + 150 + 300 - 190
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 3 070 - 40 + 100 + 270 + 190 + 530 + 190 + 400 - 230
FULL 0 2 960 - 40 + 100 + 280 + 180 + 530 + 180 + 420 - 240
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 3 410 - 50 + 110 + 320 + 220 + 610 + 210 + 560 - 310
FULL 0 2 530 - 30 + 90 + 220 + 150 + 440 + 150 + 260 - 160
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 2 940 - 40 + 100 + 250 + 180 + 510 + 180 + 350 - 210
FULL 0 2 400 - 30 + 90 + 170 + 150 + 430 + 120 + 220 - 150
RUDDER JAM
3 6 2 830 - 40 + 110 + 210 + 180 + 500 + 170 + 320 - 200
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 4 110 - 60 + 130 + 400 + 270 + 720 + 280 + 910 INOP
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 2 620 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 420 + 140 + 220 - 150
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 6/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


FLIGHT CONTROLS SYSTEM
The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
ONE SPLR FAULT FULL 0 3 820 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 150 + 600 + 170 + 1 090 - 510
(if no SPOILER
3 6 4 400 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 170 + 640 + 200 + 1 340 - 640
runaway suspected)
ONE SPLR FAULT
(if SPOILER runaway 3 10 4 520 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 180 + 640 + 210 + 1 340 - 650
suspected)
TWO SPLR FAULT/ FULL 0 4 300 - 40 + 80 + 190 + 170 + 640 + 200 + 1 390 - 640
GND SPLR 1+2(3+4)
3 6 4 900 - 40 + 90 + 220 + 190 + 670 + 240 + 1 660 - 790
FAULT
FULL 0 4 600 - 40 + 90 + 220 + 180 + 660 + 220 + 1 590 - 730
THREE SPLR FAULT
3 6 5 250 - 50 + 90 + 240 + 200 + 700 + 250 + 1 930 - 890
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
ALL SPLR FAULT
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
GND SPLR FAULT
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SEC 1 or SEC 3 FULL 0 3 970 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 610 + 190 + 1 170 - 550
FAULT 3 6 4 580 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 180 + 650 + 220 + 1 450 - 690
FULL 0 3 690 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 140 + 580 + 170 + 1 010 - 470
SEC 2 FAULT
3 6 4 260 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 170 + 620 + 200 + 1 250 - 600
FULL 0 4 450 - 40 + 80 + 200 + 170 + 650 + 210 + 1 490 - 680
SEC 2+3 FAULT
3 6 5 080 - 40 + 90 + 230 + 200 + 690 + 240 + 1 800 - 840
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SEC 1+3 FAULT
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FULL 0 4 230 - 40 + 80 + 190 + 170 + 630 + 200 + 1 330 - 510
SEC 1+2 FAULT
3 6 4 870 - 40 + 90 + 220 + 190 + 670 + 240 + 1 640 - 670
FULL 0 3 760 - 40 + 90 + 170 + 170 + 640 + 190 + 1 030 - 480
RUDDER JAM
3 6 4 430 - 40 + 110 + 200 + 210 + 710 + 230 + 1 340 - 620
SEC 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
ALTN LAW/DIRECT
LAW/
ELAC 1+2/L+R ELEV
3 10 4 200 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 160 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 560
FAULT/L(R) ELEV
FAULT/
STAB JAM

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 1 950 - 20 + 60 N/A + 60 + 140 + 60 + 40 - 30
0
SLATS<1 3 45 1 870 - 20 + 60 N/A + 60 + 130 + 60 + 40 - 30
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 1 570 - 20 + 50 N/A + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
SLATS<1 3 30 1 600 - 20 + 50 N/A + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 1 390 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
SLATS<1 3 25 1 520 - 10 + 50 N/A + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 1 300 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
SLATS<1 3 25 1 500 - 10 + 50 N/A + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 290 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
SLATS>3 3 5 1 210 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 10
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 1 270 - 10 + 50 + 70 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 1 190 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 10
FLAPS<1 3 25 1 570 - 20 + 50 N/A + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 1 390 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 20
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 1 300 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 1 190 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 10
SLATS<1 3 25 1 500 - 10 + 50 N/A + 50 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 1 220 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 2 680 - 30 + 70 N/A + 140 + 310 + 130 + 110 - 120
0
SLATS<1 3 45 2 560 - 30 + 70 N/A + 140 + 300 + 130 + 110 - 110
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 2 070 - 20 + 60 N/A + 110 + 270 + 100 + 90 - 80
SLATS<1 3 30 2 140 - 20 + 60 N/A + 110 + 260 + 90 + 80 - 80
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 1 830 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 100 + 250 + 90 + 70 - 60
SLATS<1 3 25 2 010 - 20 + 60 N/A + 100 + 250 + 90 + 80 - 70
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 1 720 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 70 - 50
SLATS<1 3 25 2 020 - 20 + 60 N/A + 100 + 250 + 90 + 80 - 70
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 720 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 50
SLATS>3 3 5 1 620 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 70 - 50
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 1 660 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 50
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 1 560 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
FLAPS<1 3 25 2 070 - 20 + 60 N/A + 110 + 270 + 100 + 90 - 80
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 1 830 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 100 + 250 + 90 + 70 - 60
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 1 720 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 70 - 50
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 1 720 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 70 + 70 - 50
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 1 560 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
SLATS<1 3 25 2 000 - 20 + 60 N/A + 100 + 240 + 90 + 80 - 70
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 710 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 60 - 50
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 1 620 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 40

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 2 790 - 20 + 40 N/A + 100 + 230 + 90 + 120 - 170
0
SLATS<1 3 45 2 690 - 20 + 40 N/A + 100 + 230 + 90 + 120 - 160
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 2 290 - 20 + 40 N/A + 80 + 210 + 80 + 110 - 130
SLATS<1 3 30 2 350 - 20 + 40 N/A + 90 + 220 + 80 + 100 - 140
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 2 090 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 120
SLATS<1 3 25 2 240 - 20 + 40 N/A + 80 + 210 + 80 + 100 - 130
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 1 980 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 110
SLATS<1 3 25 2 250 - 20 + 40 N/A + 80 + 210 + 80 + 100 - 130
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 990 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 110
SLATS>3 3 5 1 900 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 210 + 60 + 90 - 100
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 1 910 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 90 - 100
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 1 820 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FLAPS<1 3 25 2 290 - 20 + 40 N/A + 80 + 210 + 80 + 110 - 130
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 2 090 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 120
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 1 980 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 110
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 1 980 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 110
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 1 820 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
SLATS<1 3 25 2 210 - 20 + 40 N/A + 80 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 100
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 1 940 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 1 870 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 90 - 90

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 3 200 - 30 + 50 N/A + 120 + 280 + 110 + 190 - 250
0
SLATS<1 3 45 3 100 - 20 + 50 N/A + 120 + 280 + 100 + 180 - 240
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 2 640 - 20 + 50 N/A + 100 + 260 + 90 + 160 - 200
SLATS<1 3 30 2 670 - 20 + 50 N/A + 100 + 260 + 90 + 160 - 200
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 2 380 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 150 - 170
SLATS<1 3 25 2 550 - 20 + 40 N/A + 100 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 180
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 2 260 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 160
SLATS<1 3 25 2 550 - 20 + 40 N/A + 100 + 250 + 90 + 150 - 190
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 2 260 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 160
SLATS>3 3 5 2 160 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 140 - 150
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 2 150 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 140
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 2 060 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 130 - 140
FLAPS<1 3 25 2 640 - 20 + 50 N/A + 100 + 260 + 90 + 160 - 200
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 2 380 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 150 - 170
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 2 260 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 150 - 160
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 2 260 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 90 + 260 + 80 + 150 - 160
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 2 060 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 130 - 140
SLATS<1 3 25 2 470 - 20 + 50 N/A + 90 + 240 + 90 + 130 - 140
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 2 190 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 120
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 2 100 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 120 - 120

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 5/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 4 540 - 50 + 110 N/A + 260 + 620 + 230 + 500 - 470
0
SLATS<1 3 45 4 370 - 50 + 110 N/A + 250 + 620 + 230 + 490 - 440
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 3 580 - 50 + 100 N/A + 220 + 580 + 200 + 410 - 320
SLATS<1 3 30 3 440 - 40 + 90 N/A + 190 + 510 + 180 + 330 - 290
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 2 990 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 180 + 500 + 160 + 300 - 230
SLATS<1 3 25 3 200 - 40 + 90 N/A + 180 + 490 + 160 + 300 - 260
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 2 760 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 170 + 480 + 150 + 270 - 200
SLATS<1 3 25 3 150 - 40 + 90 N/A + 170 + 470 + 160 + 280 - 250
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 2 720 - 30 + 90 + 200 + 160 + 470 + 150 + 260 - 200
SLATS>3 3 5 2 570 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 150 + 470 + 140 + 250 - 180
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 2 500 - 30 + 80 + 160 + 140 + 410 + 120 + 200 - 170
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 2 370 - 30 + 70 + 160 + 130 + 410 + 120 + 200 - 150
FLAPS<1 3 25 3 580 - 50 + 100 N/A + 220 + 580 + 200 + 410 - 320
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 2 990 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 180 + 500 + 160 + 300 - 230
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 2 760 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 170 + 480 + 150 + 270 - 200
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 2 720 - 30 + 90 + 190 + 160 + 470 + 140 + 260 - 200
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 2 370 - 30 + 70 + 160 + 130 + 410 + 120 + 200 - 150
SLATS<1 3 25 3 030 - 40 + 90 N/A + 160 + 420 + 150 + 240 - 200
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 2 620 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 420 + 140 + 220 - 150
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 2 490 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 140 + 420 + 130 + 210 - 140

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-27A
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 6/6
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


SLATS AND FLAPS SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FLAPS AND SLATS AT
1 50 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
0
SLATS<1 3 45 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS<1
SLATS≥1 3 25 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SLATS<1 3 30 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
1≤FLAPS<2
SLATS≥1 3 15 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SLATS<1 3 25 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
2≤FLAPS<3
SLATS≥1 3 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SLATS<1 3 25 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS=3 1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SLATS>3 3 5 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
1≤SLATS≤3FULL 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS>3
SLATS>3 FULL 5 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS<1 3 25 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
1≤FLAPS<2 3 15 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS
2≤FLAPS<3 3 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FAULT
FLAPS=3 3 10 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FLAPS>3 FULL 5 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
SLATS<1 3 25 4 600 - 40 + 80 N/A + 180 + 610 + 210 + 1 150 - 600
SLATS
1≤SLATS≤3 3 10 4 200 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 160 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 560
FAULT
SLATS>3 3 5 4 070 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 160 + 610 + 190 + 1 150 - 550

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-29
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 260 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 30
G SYS LO PR
3 6 1 340 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 30
FULL 0 1 140 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
B SYS LO PR
3 6 1 230 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 180 - 10 + 40 + 80 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 20
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 1 260 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 20
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt 1 670 - 10 + 40 N/A + 60 + 130 + 50 + 40 - 40
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 2 420 - 20 + 70 N/A + 90 + 200 + 80 + 120 INOP
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 1 290 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 40 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 30
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 1 310 - 10 + 40 + 90 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 30 - 30
with 140kt min

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 730 - 20 + 60 + 140 + 90 + 260 + 80 + 90 - 70
G SYS LO PR
3 6 1 910 - 20 + 60 + 160 + 100 + 280 + 100 + 110 - 90
FULL 0 1 510 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
B SYS LO PR
3 6 1 680 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 50
FULL 0 1 600 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 70 - 50
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 1 780 - 20 + 60 + 150 + 100 + 260 + 80 + 80 - 70
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt 2 530 - 30 + 70 N/A + 130 + 310 + 120 + 150 - 150
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 2 730 - 40 + 90 N/A + 140 + 320 + 120 + 180 INOP
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 1 800 - 10 + 60 + 160 + 100 + 260 + 90 + 90 - 120
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 1 900 - 10 + 60 + 170 + 110 + 290 + 90 + 110 - 130
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-29
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 880 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 100 - 90
G SYS LO PR
3 6 2 050 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 110 - 110
FULL 0 1 760 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
B SYS LO PR
3 6 1 930 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 90 - 90
FULL 0 1 860 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 210 + 70 + 100 - 80
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 2 040 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 110 - 100
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt 2 570 - 20 + 50 N/A + 100 + 230 + 90 + 140 - 150
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 2 740 - 20 + 60 N/A + 100 + 240 + 100 + 170 INOP
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 2 070 - 10 + 40 + 130 + 80 + 220 + 80 + 120 - 140
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 2 170 - 10 + 40 + 140 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 130 - 150
with 140kt min

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 2 120 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 140 - 120
G SYS LO PR
3 6 2 320 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 160 - 150
FULL 0 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 110
B SYS LO PR
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 140 - 130
FULL 0 2 100 - 20 + 40 + 120 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 140 - 100
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 2 310 - 20 + 50 + 140 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 160 - 130
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt 2 900 - 20 + 50 N/A + 110 + 270 + 110 + 200 - 190
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 3 100 - 30 + 50 N/A + 120 + 280 + 120 + 240 INOP
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 2 340 - 10 + 50 + 140 + 90 + 260 + 90 + 170 - 170
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 2 470 - 10 + 50 + 150 + 100 + 270 + 90 + 190 - 200
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-29
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 2 430 - 30 + 80 + 200 + 140 + 410 + 130 + 230 - 150
G SYS LO PR
3 6 2 810 - 40 + 90 + 220 + 160 + 480 + 160 + 300 - 190
FULL 0 2 250 - 30 + 70 + 170 + 130 + 380 + 110 + 180 - 120
B SYS LO PR
3 6 2 600 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 150 + 430 + 150 + 240 - 160
FULL 0 2 430 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 420 + 130 + 230 - 120
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 2 820 - 40 + 90 + 230 + 170 + 480 + 160 + 310 - 170
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt 3 670 - 40 + 100 N/A + 200 + 520 + 200 + 410 - 310
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 3 950 - 50 + 110 N/A + 220 + 560 + 220 + 520 INOP
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 2 780 - 10 + 90 + 220 + 160 + 470 + 160 + 300 - 260
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 3 070 - 10 + 100 + 260 + 190 + 540 + 180 + 390 - 340
with 140kt min

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 4 000 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 610 + 190 + 1 190 - 440
G SYS LO PR
3 6 4 600 - 40 + 90 + 210 + 180 + 650 + 220 + 1 460 - 590
FULL 0 3 690 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 140 + 580 + 170 + 1 010 - 470
B SYS LO PR
3 6 4 260 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 170 + 620 + 200 + 1 250 - 600
FULL 0 4 030 - 40 + 80 + 180 + 160 + 610 + 190 + 1 210 0
Y SYS LO PR
3 6 4 650 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 180 + 650 + 220 + 1 500 - 40
G+B
REF DIST calculated 3 25 / 140kt Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
with 140kt min
G+Y 3 25 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
B+Y FULL 0 / 140kt 4 550 - 10 + 80 + 190 + 180 + 650 + 220 + 1 460 - 80
REF DIST calculated
3 6 / 140kt 5 070 - 10 + 90 + 240 + 200 + 680 + 250 + 1 780 - 250
with 140kt min

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-29
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-30
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

ANTI ICE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 1 260 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
FAULT
3 16 1 370 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
(if Ice Accretion)

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 1 640 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
FAULT
3 16 1 820 - 20 + 60 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 60
(if Ice Accretion)

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 1 870 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
FAULT
3 16 2 050 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 80 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
(if Ice Accretion)

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 2 080 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 110 - 110
FAULT
3 16 2 300 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 130
(if Ice Accretion)

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 2 410 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 130 + 370 + 120 + 170 - 130
FAULT
3 16 2 780 - 30 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 420 + 150 + 230 - 170
(if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-30
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


ANTI ICE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
WING ANTI ICE SYS FULL 10 3 770 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 150 + 570 + 170 + 930 - 450
FAULT
3 16 4 360 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 170 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 580
(if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-32
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

BRAKE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 670 - 20 + 70 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 50
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 1 840 - 20 + 70 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 60
FULL 0 1 300 - 10 + 50 + 90 + 50 + 150 + 40 + 30 - 20
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 1 430 - 10 + 50 + 90 + 50 + 150 + 50 + 40 - 30
FULL 0 1 610 - 20 + 60 + 100 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 50
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 1 790 - 20 + 70 + 110 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 80 - 60
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 390 - 30 + 100 + 120 + 90 + 310 + 90 + 220 - 130
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 2 690 - 40 + 120 + 140 + 100 + 330 + 110 + 260 - 160
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 510 - 30 + 110 + 140 + 100 + 320 + 100 + 250 - 160
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 2 830 - 40 + 120 + 150 + 110 + 340 + 110 + 300 - 200
FULL 0 1 180 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 40 + 120 + 30 + 20 - 20
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 1 260 - 10 + 50 + 70 + 40 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
FULL 0 1 670 - 20 + 70 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 50
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 1 840 - 20 + 70 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 60

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 700 - 20 + 60 + 100 + 70 + 220 + 60 + 80 - 50
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 1 880 - 30 + 70 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 90 - 60
FULL 0 1 660 - 20 + 60 + 120 + 90 + 250 + 70 + 70 - 60
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 1 860 - 20 + 60 + 140 + 100 + 280 + 90 + 90 - 70
FULL 0 1 990 - 20 + 70 + 140 + 100 + 310 + 90 + 130 - 100
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 2 260 - 30 + 80 + 160 + 120 + 350 + 110 + 160 - 130
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 410 - 30 + 100 + 130 + 100 + 340 + 100 + 230 - 130
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 2 720 - 40 + 110 + 160 + 120 + 370 + 120 + 280 - 160
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 600 - 30 + 100 + 160 + 120 + 380 + 110 + 280 - 160
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 2 930 - 40 + 120 + 190 + 140 + 420 + 140 + 340 - 200
FULL 0 1 560 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 40
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 1 740 - 20 + 60 + 130 + 90 + 250 + 80 + 80 - 60
FULL 0 1 700 - 20 + 60 + 100 + 70 + 220 + 60 + 80 - 50
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 1 880 - 30 + 70 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 90 - 60

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-32
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


BRAKE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 710 - 20 + 60 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 70
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 1 880 - 20 + 70 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FULL 0 1 970 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 110
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 2 180 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 250 + 80 + 140 - 130
FULL 0 2 410 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 310 + 90 + 220 - 180
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 2 700 - 30 + 60 + 130 + 100 + 330 + 110 + 260 - 220
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 410 - 20 + 100 + 120 + 90 + 310 + 90 + 220 - 180
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 2 720 - 30 + 110 + 130 + 110 + 330 + 100 + 270 - 220
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 680 - 30 + 80 + 150 + 100 + 340 + 110 + 290 - 200
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 2 990 - 30 + 100 + 160 + 120 + 360 + 120 + 340 - 250
FULL 0 1 710 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 80 - 70
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 1 880 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 90 - 90
FULL 0 1 710 - 20 + 60 + 90 + 60 + 190 + 60 + 70 - 70
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 1 880 - 20 + 70 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 1 910 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 100 - 100
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 2 110 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 120 - 120
FULL 0 2 210 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 280 + 80 + 170 - 140
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 2 460 - 20 + 50 + 130 + 100 + 290 + 90 + 200 - 180
FULL 0 2 700 - 30 + 60 + 130 + 110 + 370 + 110 + 320 - 230
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 3 050 - 30 + 60 + 150 + 120 + 390 + 130 + 390 - 290
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 690 - 30 + 60 + 130 + 110 + 370 + 110 + 320 - 230
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 3 050 - 30 + 60 + 140 + 120 + 390 + 120 + 390 - 290
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 3 020 - 30 + 60 + 150 + 120 + 400 + 120 + 420 - 260
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 3 390 - 30 + 70 + 180 + 130 + 420 + 150 + 500 - 330
FULL 0 1 910 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 70 + 220 + 70 + 110 - 100
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 2 110 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 130 - 120
FULL 0 1 910 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 230 + 70 + 100 - 100
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 2 110 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 70 + 120 - 120

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-32
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


BRAKE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 2 170 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 120 + 370 + 110 + 160 - 110
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 2 500 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 410 + 140 + 220 - 140
FULL 0 2 460 - 30 + 80 + 160 + 130 + 420 + 120 + 230 - 160
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 2 850 - 40 + 90 + 200 + 160 + 480 + 160 + 310 - 200
FULL 0 2 930 - 30 + 90 + 170 + 150 + 520 + 150 + 400 - 250
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 3 430 - 40 + 110 + 210 + 180 + 600 + 190 + 540 - 320
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 2 930 - 30 + 90 + 170 + 150 + 520 + 150 + 400 - 250
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 3 430 - 40 + 110 + 200 + 190 + 600 + 180 + 540 - 320
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 3 300 - 40 + 100 + 210 + 170 + 580 + 190 + 550 - 290
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 3 860 - 50 + 120 + 250 + 220 + 680 + 230 + 730 - 380
FULL 0 2 170 - 30 + 70 + 160 + 120 + 370 + 110 + 160 - 110
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 2 510 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 140 + 420 + 130 + 220 - 140
FULL 0 2 170 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 120 + 370 + 110 + 160 - 110
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 2 500 - 30 + 80 + 190 + 140 + 410 + 140 + 220 - 140

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
FULL 0 3 540 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 140 + 570 + 160 + 930 - 440
ANTISKID FAULT
3 6 4 090 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 160 + 610 + 190 + 1 150 - 550
FULL 0 4 060 - 40 + 70 + 140 + 140 + 680 + 190 + 2 070 - 600
ONE BRK RELEASED
3 6 4 740 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 160 + 710 + 220 + 2 570 - 760
FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
TWO BRK RELEASED
3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
(if NORM BRK FAULT) 3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
ALTN L(R) RELEASED FULL 0 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
(if G SYS LO PR) 3 6 Landing Distance greater than 6 000 m for all conditions
FULL 0 3 540 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 140 + 570 + 160 + 930 - 440
NORM BRK FAULT
3 6 4 090 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 160 + 610 + 190 + 1 150 - 550
FULL 0 3 540 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 140 + 570 + 160 + 930 - 440
NORM + ALTN FAULT
3 6 4 090 - 40 + 80 + 170 + 160 + 610 + 190 + 1 150 - 550

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-32
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-34
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

NAVIGATION SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 230 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 80 + 220 + 80 + 10 - 10
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 1 280 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 230 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 90 + 220 + 80 + 10 - 10
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 1 710 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 60 - 50
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 1 710 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 70 + 60 - 50

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 240 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 40 - 10
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 1 940 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 1 940 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 330 - 20 + 50 + 160 + 90 + 250 + 90 + 90 - 40
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 2 190 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 120
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 2 190 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 120

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-34
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


NAVIGATION SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 2 620 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 420 + 140 + 220 - 60
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 2 620 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 420 + 140 + 220 - 150
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 2 620 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 150 + 420 + 140 + 220 - 150

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
IR 1+2+3 FAULT 3 10 4 200 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 160 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 550
DUAL IR FAULT/
3 10 4 200 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 160 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 560
DUAL ADR FAULT
ALL ADR OFF 3 N/A 4 200 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 160 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 560

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-36
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

BLEED SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 1 260 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 50 + 130 + 40 + 20 - 10
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 1 370 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 1 640 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 60 - 40
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 1 820 - 20 + 60 + 120 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 70 - 60
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 1 870 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 70 + 200 + 60 + 80 - 80
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 2 050 - 20 + 40 + 90 + 80 + 200 + 70 + 90 - 90
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-36
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


BLEED SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 2 080 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 230 + 80 + 110 - 110
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 2 300 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 90 + 240 + 80 + 130 - 130
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 2 410 - 30 + 70 + 150 + 130 + 370 + 120 + 170 - 130
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 2 780 - 30 + 80 + 170 + 150 + 420 + 150 + 230 - 170
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
DUAL BLEED FULL 10 3 770 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 150 + 570 + 170 + 930 - 450
SYSTEM FAULT/
WING or ENG BLEED
SYSTEM LEAK/
X BLEED SYSTEM
3 16 4 360 - 40 + 80 + 160 + 170 + 610 + 200 + 1 150 - 580
FAULT/
ENG BLEED SYSTEM
LO TEMP
(if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-70
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

ENGINE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

DRY
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 1 710 - 20 + 50 N/A + 60 + 130 + 50 + 30 - 20
(with buffet) 3 10 1 260 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 30 - 20
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 1 240 - 10 + 40 + 70 + 50 + 120 + 40 + 20 - 10
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 1 340 - 10 + 50 + 80 + 50 + 120 + 50 + 30 - 20
if Ice Accretion)

GOOD
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 2 260 - 20 + 60 N/A + 110 + 250 + 100 + 80 - 80
(with buffet) 3 10 1 660 - 20 + 50 + 120 + 90 + 230 + 70 + 60 - 50
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 1 600 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 50 - 40
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 1 770 - 20 + 60 + 120 + 90 + 230 + 80 + 60 - 60
if Ice Accretion)

GOOD TO MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 2 400 - 20 + 40 N/A + 90 + 200 + 80 + 90 - 120
(with buffet) 3 10 1 880 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 200 + 70 + 80 - 90
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 1 810 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 190 + 70 + 70 - 80
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 1 980 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 70 + 190 + 70 + 80 - 90
if Ice Accretion)

MEDIUM
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 2 690 - 20 + 50 N/A + 100 + 240 + 90 + 130 - 160
(with buffet) 3 10 2 110 - 20 + 40 + 110 + 80 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 120
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 2 010 - 20 + 40 + 100 + 80 + 220 + 70 + 100 - 110
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 2 220 - 20 + 50 + 110 + 90 + 230 + 70 + 120 - 130
if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-IFL-70
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Continued from the previous page


ENGINE SYSTEM

The Reference Distance (REF DIST) considers : Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse thrust, manual
landing, VAPP = VREF+ΔVREF without APPR COR.

MEDIUM TO POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 3 410 - 40 + 100 N/A + 180 + 430 + 160 + 260 - 260
(with buffet) 3 10 2 490 - 30 + 80 + 180 + 140 + 390 + 130 + 200 - 150
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 2 310 - 30 + 70 + 140 + 120 + 350 + 110 + 160 - 130
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 2 650 - 30 + 80 + 170 + 140 + 390 + 140 + 210 - 170
if Ice Accretion)

POOR
Corrections on
WEIGHT SPD ALT WIND TEMP SLOPE REV
Landing Distance (m)
FLAPS REF Per Per
Per 1T Per 1T Per 1% Per Thrust
LEVER DIST 1000ft Per 10°C
FAILURE ΔVREF BELOW ABOVE Per 5kt Down Reverser
for (m) for above 5kt TW ABOVE
66T 66T Slope Operative
LDG 66T SL ISA
REV UNLOCK 1 40 4 850 - 50 + 100 N/A + 190 + 580 + 200 + 940 - 680
(with buffet) 3 10 3 830 - 40 + 90 + 170 + 150 + 540 + 170 + 830 - 540
SHUTDOWN FULL 10 3 470 - 40 + 80 + 140 + 140 + 510 + 150 + 680 - 430
(if ENG FIRE
pushbutton pushed and 3 16 3 990 - 40 + 90 + 160 + 160 + 540 + 170 + 830 - 550
if Ice Accretion)

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OEI
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

CEILINGS
ONE ENGINE OUT
GROSS CEILING at LONG RANGE and GREEN DOT SPEEDS Pack Flow Hi - Anti ice OFF

CORRECTIONS ISA ISA + 10 ISA + 15 ISA + 20


ENGINE
- 200 ft -1 200 ft -1 800 ft -7 800 ft
LONG ANTI ICE ON
RANGE TOTAL ANTI
- 900 ft -3 900 ft -9 600 ft -11 700 ft
ICE ON
ENGINE
- 200 ft -1 200 ft -1 200 ft -2 000 ft
ANTI ICE ON
GREEN DOT
TOTAL ANTI
-1 200 ft -3 400 ft -4 200 ft -4 900 ft
ICE ON

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OEI
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT GREEN DOT SPEED


ONE ENGINE OUT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OEI
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

CRUISE AT LONG RANGE CRUISE SPEED


ONE ENGINE OUT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OEI
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK LONG RANGE


ONE ENGINE OUT

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-AEO
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

OPTIMUM & MAXIMUM ALTITUDES


ALL ENGINES

CORRECTIONS ENGINE ANTI ICE TOTAL ANTI ICE


Max ALT : - 200 ft. Max ALT : - 500 ft
ISA
Opt ALT : - 200 ft Opt ALT : - 300 ft
Max ALT : -1 500 ft Max ALT : -4 200 ft
ISA +10
Opt ALT : - 400 ft Opt ALT : -3 100 ft
Max ALT : -3 500 ft Max ALT : -4 800 ft
ISA +15
Opt ALT :-3 500 ft Opt ALT : -4 300 ft
Max ALT : -5 300 ft Max ALT : -6 500 ft
ISA +20
Opt ALT : -3 800 ft Opt ALT : -6 200 ft

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-AEO
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK AT A GIVEN MACH NUMBER


ALL ENGINES

COST INDEX FOR LONG RANGE CRUISE SPEED


ALL ENGINES
For a quick determination of the CILRC, use:
‐ CILRC = 25 kg/min in the FMGC.
or
‐ CILRC = 35 (100 lb/h) in the FMGC.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-AEO
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 3/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

STANDARD DESCENT
ALL ENGINES

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-AEO
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 4/4
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

QUICK DETERMINATION TABLE


OF ALTERNATE FLIGHT PLANNING
ALL ENGINES

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-CAB
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK FL 100 LONG RANGE


FLIGHT WITHOUT CAB PRESS

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-CAB
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OPD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

GROUND DISTANCE / AIR DISTANCE CONVERSION

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


FPE-OPD
IN FLIGHT PERFORMANCE 2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

IAS / MACH CONVERSION

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

OPERATIONAL DATA
Intentionally left blank
OPS
OPERATIONAL DATA
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

OPS-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/2
SEVERE TURBULENCE......................................................... OPS.01
Hydraulic Architecture........................................................... OPS.02
Flight Controls Architecture..................................................OPS.03
Required Equipment for CAT2 and CAT3............................ OPS.04

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPS
OPERATIONAL DATA
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 03 APR 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONAL DATA OPS.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

SEVERE TURBULENCE
SPEED AND THRUST SETTING FOR RECOMMENDED TURBULENCE SPEED
SPD GROSS WEIGHT (1000 kg)
FL or 44 48 52 56 60 64 68 72 76
Mach N1 %
390 0.76 80.0 81.0 82.0 83.1 - - - - -
370 0.76 79.1 79.8 80.7 81.6 82.6 83.6 - - -
350 0.76 78.8 79.3 80.0 80.7 81.5 82.4 83.3 84.3 -
330 0.76 78.8 79.3 79.8 80.4 81.0 81.8 82.6 83.4 84.2
310 275 78.1 78.6 79.2 79.8 80.3 80.9 81.5 82.3 83.1
290 275 76.6 77.1 77.6 78.2 78.9 79.6 80.3 81.0 81.7
270 275 75.1 75.6 76.1 76.7 77.3 78.0 78.7 79.6 80.5
250 275 73.5 74.0 74.5 75.1 75.8 76.5 77.2 77.9 78.8
200 275 69.9 70.3 70.7 71.2 71.8 72.4 73.0 73.7 74.4
150 250 61.9 62.6 63.3 64.0 64.9 65.9 66.9 68.0 68.9
100 250 58.3 59.0 59.6 60.2 61.0 61.8 62.6 63.5 64.5
50 250 54.3 54.9 55.6 56.3 57.1 58.0 59.0 60.0 60.8

SIGNS......................................................................................................................ON
AUTO PILOT................................................................................................ KEEP ON
A/THR (when thrust changes become excessive)............................... DISCONNECT
DESCENT.................................................................................................. CONSIDER
Consider descending to or below OPT FL in oder to increase the margin to buffet
 FOR APPROACH:
A/THR in managed speed................................................................................USE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONAL DATA OPS.02
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

HYDRAULIC ARCHITECTURE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONAL DATA OPS.03
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

FLIGHT CONTROLS ARCHITECTURE

→ Arrows indicate the control reconfiguration priorities


G B Y indicates the hydraulic power source for each servo control

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONAL DATA OPS.04
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

REQUIRED EQUIPMENT FOR CAT2 AND CAT3


FMA CAPABILITY →
EQUIPMENT ↓ CAT 2 CAT 3 SINGLE CAT 3 DUAL
AP 1 AP ENGAGED 1 AP ENGAGED 2 AP ENGAGED
AUTOTHRUST 0 1 1
FMA 1 2 2
A/THR CAUTION 0 1 1
ELECTRICAL SUPPLY SPLIT 0 0 1
FAC 1 1 2
ELAC 1 1 2
YAW DAMPER/RUDDER TRIM 1/1 1/1 2/2
HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT 2 2 3
PFD 2 2 2
FMGS
MONITORED FLIGHT WARNING COMPUTER 1 1 2
FOR FMA LDG BSCU CHANNEL 1(1) 1(1) 1
CAPABILITY ANTISKID 1(1) 1(1) 1
NOSEWHEEL STEERING 1(1) 1(1) 1
RADIO ALTIMETER 1 2 2
(displayed on
both sides)
ILS RECEIVER 2 2 2
BEAM EXCESSIVE DEVIATION 1 for PNF 2 2
WARNING
ATTITUDE INDICATION N° 1 + N° 2 N° 1 + N° 2 N° 1 + N° 2
(PFD1/PFD2)
ADR/IR 2/2 2/2 3/3
AP DISCONNECT PB 2 2 2
”AP OFF” ECAM WARNING 1 1 2
”AUTOLAND” LIGHT 1 1 1
RUDDER TRAVEL LIMIT SYSTEM 1 required for autoland with crosswind
higher than 12 kt
NOT FMGS
WINDSHIELD HEAT (L or R windshield) 1 for PF
MONITORED
WINDSHIELD WIPERS OR RAIN 1 for PF
FOR FMA LDG
REPELLENT (if activated)
CAPABILITY
ND 1 2 2
AUTO CALLOUT FUNCTION one is required 1 1
for autoland
ATTITUDE INDICATION (STBY ) 1 1 1
DH INDICATION 1 for PNF
(1) For automatic rollout, one is required. For autoland without automatic rollout, none is required.
Note: ‐ Flight crews are not expected to check the equipment list before approach. When an ECAM or
local caution occurs, the crew should use the list to confirm the landing capability.
‐ On ground, the equipment list determines which approach category the aircraft will be able to
perform at the next landing.
‐ Electrical power supply split : This ensures that each FMGC is powered by an independent
electrical source (AC and DC).
‐ Failure of antiskid and/or nosewheel steering mechanical parts are not monitored for landing
capability.
‐ The DH will be displayed on the FMA, and the ″Hundred Above″ and ″Minimum″ auto callouts
will be announced, provided that the DH value has been entered on the MCDU.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


 

OPERATIONS
ENGINEERING BULLETINS
Intentionally left blank
OEBPROC
OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS
1/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

OEBPROC-PLP PRELIMINARY PAGES


TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................................. 1/2
OEBPROC-38 Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication
Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication......................... 38.00
Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication......................... 38.01
OEBPROC-40 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR ENG 1(2)
BLEED FAULT
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED
FAULT..........................................................................................40.00
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED
FAULT..........................................................................................40.01
OEBPROC-41 Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon
Modification of a Company Route in the Alternate Flight Plan
Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon Modification of a
Company Route in the Alternate Flight Plan...........................41.00
Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon Modification of a
Company Route in the Alternate Flight Plan...........................41.01
OEBPROC-43 F/CTL SPOILER FAULT
F/CTL SPOILER FAULT............................................................. 43.00
F/CTL SPOILER FAULT............................................................. 43.01
OEBPROC-44 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED
L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED............................................... 44.00
 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED  .................................... 44.01

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OEBPROC
OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS
2/2
A318/A319/A320/A321 TABLE OF CONTENTS
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 30 MAY 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 38.00
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB

OEB38 Issue 1.0


ERRONEOUS RADIO ALTIMETER HEIGHT INDICATION
 
Approved by: Head of Flight Operations Support and Services

- This OEB covers a significant operational issue. Non-compliance with this OEB should have a significant
impact on the safe operations of the aircraft. The Operators shall distribute its content to all flight crews
without delay. An extract of this OEB is provided for insertion in the QRH.
- It is strongly recommended that all Operators accelerate the incorporation of all corrective Service
Bulletins as soon as they are available.

Reason for issue: This OEB replaces the A320 OEB 201
In follow-up to questions received from several Operators, the objective of this
OEB is to remind Operators of the possible operational consequences of an
erroneous Radio Altimeter (RA) height indication:
In addition this OEB is issued to:
‐ Highlight that during ILS (or MLS, GLS) approach with AP engaged, in the
event of an unexpected early THR IDLE and FLARE modes engagement,
the flight crew must immediately react to prevent the angle-of-attack from
increasing.
‐ Provide explanation of erroneous RA height indication effects on Auto Flight
System (AFS) and flight control law.
Applicable to: All A318/A319/A320/A321 operators
Cancelled by: Refer to the "Cancelled by" section of the associated FCOM OEB.

Note: The interchangeability code, given in the Illustrated Part Catalog (IPC), indicates the conditions for interchangeability of
equipment. After installation of corrective modification(s)/SB(s), if an Operator reinstalls any equipment affected by this OEB, it is
the Operator's responsibility to ensure that the recommendations given in this OEB are applied again for the applicable aircraft.

Operations Engineering Bulletins are issued by Airbus as the need arises to quickly transmit technical and
procedural information. They are distributed to all FCOM holders and to others who need advice of changes
to operational information.
Information in this bulletin is recommended by Airbus but may not be approved by Airworthiness Authorities.
If the procedures contained in this OEB differ from the procedures in the AFM, the AFM remains the
reference.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 38.00A
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB
M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date
OEBPROC-38 Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication 00013578.0001001 18 MAR 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEBPROC-38 Erroneous Radio Altimeter Height Indication 00013579.0001001 18 MAR 11
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 38.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB – RED OEB

ERRONEOUS RADIO ALTIMETER HEIGHT INDICATION


ECAM ENTRY
None
PROCEDURE
This bulletin is issued to remind operators of the possible consequences of an
erroneous Radio Altimeter (RA) height indication. Erroneous RA height indication
may have on aircraft systems, any of the effects listed in the OEB N°38.
This OEB PROC is issued to provide flight crews with the following
recommendations:
During all phases of flight, flight crew must monitor and crosscheck all primary
flight parameters and the FMA.
During ILS (or MLS, GLS) approach with AP engaged, in the event of an
unexpected early THR IDLE and FLARE modes engagement, the flight crew must
immediately react as follows:
‐ Immediately perform an automatic Go-Around (Thrust Levers set to TOGA),
OR
‐ Immediately disconnect the AP,
‐ Then continue the landing using raw data or visual references (FDs set to
OFF),
OR
‐ Perform a manual Go-Around (Thrust Levers set to TOGA). Significant
longitudinal sidestick input may be required.

Note: 1.If the flight crew does not immediately react, the angle-of-attack will
increase and may reach the stall value.
2.In case of Go-Around and if the RA is still frozen at a very low height
indication:
‐ SRS and GA TRK modes engage
‐ NAV, HDG or TRK lateral modes cannot be selected
‐ LVR CLB will not be displayed on the FMA at THR RED ALT
‐ ALT* and ALT will not engage at FCU altitude
Disconnecting AP and resetting both FDs enable to recover basic
modes (HDG and V/S).
3.In CONF FULL, the auto-trim function is inhibited. Retracting one step
enable to recover the auto-trim function.
For all the others events that may occur during approach, there is no change in the
procedures or in the recommended flight crew reactions.
Flight crews must report in the aircraft technical logbook if any of the
consequences on aircraft systems listed in the OEB N°38.
***** END OF RED OEB38 ISSUE 1.0 *****

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 40.00
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

OEB40 Issue 1.0


AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL
PR OR AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
 
Approved by: Head of Flight Operations Support and Services

- This OEB covers a significant operational issue. Non-compliance with this OEB should have a significant
impact on the operations of the aircraft. The Operators shall distribute its content to all flight crews without
delay. An extract of this OEB is provided for insertion in the QRH.
- It is recommended that all Operators accelerate the incorporation of all corrective Service Bulletins as
soon as they become available.

Reason for issue: This OEB replaces the A320 OEB 203.
Subsequent to several dual bleed loss cases reported by Operators, Airbus
decided to develop different technical solutions to improve the robustness of
the bleed system. These technical solutions, although significantly reducing the
number of dual bleed loss occurrences, cannot fully avoid such occurrences.
Therefore, this OEB is published in order to provide all SA Operators with
operational procedures aiming at further reducing the number of dual bleed loss
occurrences, whatever the bleed system solution installed.
Applicable to: All A320 family aircraft.
Cancelled by: Refer to the "Cancelled by" section of the associated FCOM OEB.

Note: The interchangeability code, given in the Illustrated Part Catalog (IPC), indicates the conditions for interchangeability of
equipment. After installation of corrective modification(s)/SB(s), if an Operator reinstalls any equipment affected by this OEB, it is
the Operator's responsibility to ensure that the recommendations given in this OEB are applied again for the applicable aircraft.

Operations Engineering Bulletins are issued by Airbus as the need arises to quickly transmit technical and
procedural information. They are distributed to all FCOM holders and to others who need advice of changes
to operational information.
Information in this bulletin is recommended by Airbus but may not be approved by Airworthiness Authorities.
If the procedures contained in this OEB differ from the procedures in the AFM, the AFM remains the
reference.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 40.00A
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date


OEBPROC-40 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR 00013605.0001001 18 MAR 11
ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEBPROC-40 AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR or AIR 00013606.0001001 18 MAR 11
ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 40.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL


PR OR AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
ECAM ENTRY
‐ AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR
‐ AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
PROCEDURE
Apply the corresponding procedures if one of the following ECAM caution is
triggered:
‐ AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR
‐ AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR
 If Wing Anti-Ice is OFF
PACK FLOW.............................................................................. LO (A319/A320)
ECON FLOW.......................................................................................ON (A321)
AFT CARGO HOT AIR (if installed)..............................................................OFF
X BLEED.................................................................................................... OPEN
BLEED page..................................................................SELECT and MONITOR
 If the precooler outlet temperature of the remaining bleed exceeds
240 °C within 2 min after X BLEED valve opening:
PACK (on the first affected bleed side)................................................... OFF
Note: If Wing Anti-Ice is required (icing conditions) while operating with one PACK,
consider switching OFF the remaining pack, if aircraft's altitude permits.
 If Wing Anti-Ice is ON
 If both PACKS are ON
PACK (affected bleed side)......................................................................OFF
X BLEED.................................................................................................... OPEN
BLEED Page................................................................. SELECT and MONITOR
 If the precooler outlet temperature of the remaining bleed exceeds
240 °C within 2 min after X BLEED valve opening:
BLEED AIR DEMAND......................................................................REDUCE
Consider reducing the bleed air demand, by, depending on the flight conditions:
‐ Switching OFF the remaining pack (if aircraft's altitude permits), or
‐ Switching OFF the Wing Anti-Ice system (if no longer icing conditions).
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT

ENG BLEED affected......................................................................................... OFF


 If Wing Anti-Ice is OFF
PACK FLOW.............................................................................. LO (A319/A320)
ECON FLOW.......................................................................................ON (A321)
AFT CARGO HOT AIR (if installed)..............................................................OFF
X BLEED.................................................................................................... OPEN
BLEED Page................................................................. SELECT and MONITOR

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 40.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 29 JUL 11
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR


OR AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT (Cont'd)
 If the precooler outlet temperature of the remaining bleed exceeds
240 °C within 2 min after X BLEED valve opening:
PACK (on the first affected bleed side)................................................... OFF
Note: If Wing Anti-Ice is required (icing conditions) while operating with one PACK,
consider switching OFF the remaining pack, if aircraft's altitude permits.
 If Wing Anti-Ice is ON
 If both PACKS are ON
PACK (affected bleed side)......................................................................OFF
X BLEED.................................................................................................... OPEN
BLEED Page................................................................. SELECT and MONITOR
 If the precooler outlet temperature of the remaining bleed exceeds
240 °C within 2 min after X BLEED valve opening:
BLEED AIR DEMAND......................................................................REDUCE
Consider reducing the bleed air demand, by, depending on the flight conditions:
‐ Switching OFF the remaining pack (if aircraft's altitude permits), or
‐ Switching OFF the Wing Anti-Ice system (if no longer icing conditions).

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 41.00
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

OEB41 Issue 1.0


ERRONEOUS ALTERNATE FUEL PREDICTIONS
UPON MODIFICATION OF A COMPANY
ROUTE IN THE ALTERNATE FLIGHT PLAN
 
Approved by: Head of Flight Operations Support and Services

- This OEB covers a significant operational issue. Non-compliance with this OEB should have a significant
impact on the operations of the aircraft. The Operators shall distribute its content to all flight crews without
delay. An extract of this OEB is provided for insertion in the QRH.
- It is recommended that all Operators accelerate the incorporation of all corrective Service Bulletins as
soon as they become available.

Reason for issue: This OEB replaces the A320 OEB 204.
This OEB is issued to inform the operators of the following: Erroneous alternate
(ALTN) fuel predictions are experienced when the flight crew modifies a
company route (CO RTE) previously inserted in the alternate Flight Plan
(F-PLN).
This OEB provides an explanation and operational recommendations in case of
erroneous ALTN fuel predictions.
Applicable to: Aircraft with Honeywell FMGC Release 1A "H2" (MOD 38778, Airbus SB A320
22-1269 and MOD 38779, Airbus SB A320 22-1270)
Cancelled by: Refer to the "Cancelled by" section of the associated FCOM OEB.

Note: The interchangeability code, given in the Illustrated Part Catalog (IPC), indicates the conditions for interchangeability of
equipment. After installation of corrective modification(s)/SB(s), if an Operator reinstalls any equipment affected by this OEB, it is
the Operator's responsibility to ensure that the recommendations given in this OEB are applied again for the applicable aircraft.

Operations Engineering Bulletins are issued by Airbus as the need arises to quickly transmit technical and
procedural information. They are distributed to all FCOM holders and to others who need advice of changes
to operational information.
Information in this bulletin is recommended by Airbus but may not be approved by Airworthiness Authorities.
If the procedures contained in this OEB differ from the procedures in the AFM, the AFM remains the
reference.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 41.00A
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date


OEBPROC-41 Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon 00013616.0001001 18 MAR 11
Modification of a Company Route in the
Alternate Flight Plan
Criteria: P10762, P10763
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEBPROC-41 Erroneous Alternate Fuel Predictions Upon 00013617.0001001 18 MAR 11
Modification of a Company Route in the
Alternate Flight Plan
Criteria: P10762, P10763
Applicable to: 18-CMHE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 41.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

ERRONEOUS ALTERNATE FUEL PREDICTIONS


UPON MODIFICATION OF A COMPANY
ROUTE IN THE ALTERNATE FLIGHT PLAN
ECAM ENTRY
None
PROCEDURE
This OEB PROC N°41 is issued to provide flight crews with the following recommendations:
This procedure only applies when a CO RTE is used for ALTN F-PLN. In the case of ALTN fuel
predictions erroneously set to zero further to a modification of this ALTN F-PLN:
ENTER manually a waypoint in the en-route F-PLN (neither in the departure, nor in
the arrival), to start a new computation of ALTN fuel predictions
Maintain or delete the entered waypoint at convenience
Check the ALTN fuel predictions are correct

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 03 APR 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 43.00
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

OEB43 Issue 4.0


F/CTL SPOILER FAULT
 
- This OEB covers a significant operational issue. Non-compliance with this OEB should have a significant
impact on the operations of the aircraft. The Operators shall distribute its content to all flight crews without
delay. An extract of this OEB is provided for insertion in the QRH.
- It is recommended that all Operators accelerate the incorporation of all corrective Service Bulletins as
soon as they become available.

Reason for issue: This OEB replaces the A320 OEB 208.
‐ Several cases of spoiler runaway occurring in flight have been reported.
During these events, the failed spoiler remained in the full deflected position
for the remaining of the flight. The purpose of this OEB is to inform operators
about the operational impact of such a failure and to provide the associated
operational procedure.
‐ Following flight test , this OEB PROC is revised to modify the procedure.
‐ This OEB PROC is revised to take into account the publication of In-Flight
Landing Distances (QRH FPE-IFL)
Applicable to: All A318/A319/A320/A321 Aircrafts.
Cancelled by: Refer to the "Cancelled by" section of the associated FCOM OEB.

Note: The interchangeability code, given in the Illustrated Part Catalog (IPC), indicates the conditions for interchangeability of
equipment. After installation of corrective modification(s)/SB(s), if an Operator reinstalls any equipment affected by this OEB, it is
the Operator's responsibility to ensure that the recommendations given in this OEB are applied again for the applicable aircraft.

Operations Engineering Bulletins are issued by Airbus as the need arises to quickly transmit technical and
procedural information. They are distributed to all FCOM holders and to others who need advice of changes
to operational information.
Information in this bulletin is recommended by Airbus but may not be approved by Airworthiness Authorities.
If the procedures contained in this OEB differ from the procedures in the AFM, the AFM remains the
reference.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 43.00A
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date


OEBPROC-43 F/CTL SPOILER FAULT 00013701.0001001 21 MAY 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEBPROC-43 F/CTL SPOILER FAULT 00013702.0001001 21 MAY 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 43.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

F/CTL SPOILER FAULT


ECAM ENTRY
F/CTL SPLR FAULT
PROCEDURE
 If F/CTL SPLR FAULT is triggered
F/CTL S/D page.......................................................................................CHECK
The flight crew should check the spoiler position on the F/CTL System Display page.
 If all amber spoilers are indicated retracted:

Loss of one or more spoilers in the retracted position. In such a case, the flight crew must apply
the following operational procedure that reflects the F/CTL SPLR FAULT ECAM caution.

 If at least one spoiler is indicated deflected in amber, apply the


following procedure:
F/CTL SPLR FAULT

AP............................................................................................................. OFF
Depending on the failed spoiler position, the AP may not have enough authority to counteract
the roll induced by spoiler runaway.
SPEED............................................................................................ GDOT+10
Whenever possible, target green dot speed +10 kt to minimize fuel consumption. However, if
buffet is encountered at GDOT speed +10 kt, increase speed to fly out of buffet condition.
CRUISE ALTITUDE................................................................AS REQUIRED
Current Flight Level (FL) may not be maintained due to increased drag. Maintain a cruise FL as
high as possible.
FUEL CONSUMPTION INCREASED
FMS FUEL PRED...................................................................... DISREGARD
FUEL CONSUMPTION.............................................................. DETERMINE
DIVERSION.................................................................................. CONSIDER
APPR PROC
In clean configuration, if VLS is above VFENEXT, the flight crew should deselect A/THR,
decelerate to VFENEXT, and select CONF 1 when below VFENEXT. When established at CONF 1,
the flight crew can reengage the A/THR and use managed speed again.
FOR LDG....................................................................................USE FLAP 3
GPWS LDG FLAP 3.................................................................................. ON

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 43.01A
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

F/CTL SPOILER FAULT (Cont'd)


LANDING PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT................................ PERFORM
For Landing Performance assessment refer to QRH FPE-IFL

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 44.00
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

OEB44 Issue 4.0


L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED
 
- This OEB covers a significant operational issue. Non-compliance with this OEB should have a significant
impact on the operations of the aircraft. The Operators shall distribute its content to all flight crews without
delay. An extract of this OEB is provided for insertion in the QRH.
- It is recommended that all Operators accelerate the incorporation of all corrective Service Bulletins as
soon as they become available.

Reason for issue: Issue 2 and 3:


This OEB is reissued to improve the display of the L/G GEAR NOT
DOWNLOCKED procedure.
Issue 1:
This OEB replaces the A320 OEB 209.
This OEB is issued to provide operational recommendations in the case of L/G
GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED ECAM warning.
The illustration has been revised to improve the quality and the legibility.
Applicable to: All A320 family aircraft
Cancelled by: Refer to the "Cancelled by" section of the associated FCOM OEB.

Note: The interchangeability code, given in the Illustrated Part Catalog (IPC), indicates the conditions for interchangeability of
equipment. After installation of corrective modification(s)/SB(s), if an Operator reinstalls any equipment affected by this OEB, it is
the Operator's responsibility to ensure that the recommendations given in this OEB are applied again for the applicable aircraft.

Operations Engineering Bulletins are issued by Airbus as the need arises to quickly transmit technical and
procedural information. They are distributed to all FCOM holders and to others who need advice of changes
to operational information.
Information in this bulletin is recommended by Airbus but may not be approved by Airworthiness Authorities.
If the procedures contained in this OEB differ from the procedures in the AFM, the AFM remains the
reference.

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 44.00A
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

M Localization T DU Title DU identification DU date


OEBPROC-44 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED 00013699.0001001 21 MAY 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE
OEBPROC-44 L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED 00013700.0001001 21 MAY 12
Criteria: SA
Applicable to: 18-CMHE

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS 44.01
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED


ECAM ENTRY
L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED
PROCEDURE
Apply the following procedure if the ECAM triggers the L/G GEAR NOT DOWNLOCKED warning:

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


OPERATIONS ENGINEERING BULLETINS BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 30 MAY 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND 80.C2
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

EMERGENCY EVACUATION
AIRCRAFT/PARKING BRK.......................................................................... STOP/ON
ATC (VHF 1)....................................................................................................NOTIFY
CABIN CREW (PA)........................................................................................... ALERT
ΔP (only if MAN CAB PR has been used)............................................ CHECK ZERO
If not zero, MODE selector on MAN, V/S CTL FULL UP.
ENG MASTERS (ALL)...........................................................................................OFF
FIRE Pushbuttons (ALL : ENG and APU).......................................................... PUSH
AGENTS (ENG and APU)............................................................................AS RQRD
 If Evacuation required:
EVACUATION........................................................................................... INITIATE
 If Evacuation not required:
CABIN CREW and PASSENGERS (PA)................................................... NOTIFY

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


ABNORMAL AND BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK 18 SEP 12

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NORMAL PROCEDURES NCL.C3
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

BEFORE START APPROACH


COCKPIT PREP..................... COMPLETED (BOTH) BRIEFING............................................. CONFIRMED
GEAR PINS and COVERS.......................REMOVED ECAM STATUS.........................................CHECKED
SIGNS.........................................................ON/AUTO SEAT BELTS.........................................................ON
ADIRS..................................................................NAV BARO REF................................... _____SET (BOTH)
FUEL QUANTITY................................... _____KG.LB MINIMUM..................................... _____SET (BOTH)
TO DATA............................................................. SET ENG MODE SEL........................................AS RQRD
BARO REF................................... _____SET (BOTH)
LANDING
WINDOWS/DOORS........................CLOSED (BOTH)
BEACON................................................................ON CABIN CREW............................................. ADVISED
THR LEVERS..................................................... IDLE A/THR..................................................... SPEED/OFF
PARKING BRAKE...................................... AS RQRD AUTOBRAKE............................................. AS RQRD
ECAM MEMO.....................................LDG NO BLUE
AFTER START ‐ LDG GEAR DN
‐ SIGNS ON
ANTI ICE.................................................... AS RQRD ‐ CABIN READY (  )
ECAM STATUS.........................................CHECKED ‐ SPLRS ARM
PITCH TRIM.......................................... _____% SET ‐ FLAPS SET
RUDDER TRIM.................................................ZERO
AFTER LANDING
BEFORE TAKEOFF FLAPS...................................................RETRACTED
FLIGHT CONTROLS................... CHECKED (BOTH) SPOILERS............................................... DISARMED
FLT INST..................................... CHECKED (BOTH) APU................................................................. START
BRIEFING............................................. CONFIRMED RADAR...................................................... OFF/STBY
FLAP SETTING..........................CONF_____(BOTH) PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR SYSTEM................ OFF
V1. VR. V2/FLX TEMP......................... _____(BOTH)
ATC...................................................................... SET PARKING
ECAM MEMO....................................... TO NO BLUE APU BLEED.......................................................... ON
‐ AUTO BRK MAX ENGINES.............................................................OFF
‐ SIGNS ON SEAT BELTS.......................................................OFF
‐ CABIN READY (  )
EXT LT....................................................... AS RQRD
‐ SPLRS ARM
‐ FLAPS TO FUEL PUMPS......................................................OFF
‐ TO CONFIG NORM PARK BRK and CHOCKS..........................AS RQRD
TAKEOFF RWY.................._____CONFIRM (BOTH) Consider HEAVY RAIN
CABIN CREW............................................. ADVISED
SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
TCAS................................................... TA OR TA/RA
ENG MODE SEL........................................AS RQRD ADIRS.................................................................. OFF
PACKS....................................................... AS RQRD OXYGEN..............................................................OFF
APU BLEED.........................................................OFF
AFTER TAKEOFF / CLIMB EMER EXIT LT....................................................OFF
LDG GEAR............................................................ UP SIGNS..................................................................OFF
FLAPS...................................................RETRACTED APU AND BAT.................................................... OFF
PACKS...................................................................ON Consider COLD WEATHER
BARO REF................................... _____SET (BOTH)

TAKEOFF CG/TRIM POS


1

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE


NORMAL PROCEDURES BLANK
A318/A319/A320/A321 18 SEP 12
QUICK REFERENCE HAND BOOK

Intentionally left blank

2T1 A318/A319/A320/A321 For A/C: 18-CMHE

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy